ML15175A462: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 11    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)  
{{#Wiki_filter:Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 11    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)


DRAFT ADMIN 1 - ALL Title: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
DRAFT ADMIN 1 - ALL Title: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Time:
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Time:
11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 11    This page intentionally left blank


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 11   This page intentionally left blank  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 11  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 Modified from LR
-JP-25101 for use on 2015
-301 NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 11  Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 11  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 1    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00  Modified from LR-JP-25101 for use on 2015-301 NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 11  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Rev. No. List of Contributors              
Rev. No. List of Contributors


2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-1  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002. TASK NUMBER: 201.099  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 201.099.B PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING: RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)  GENERAL  
CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER:
2015-301 ADMIN
-1  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002. TASK NUMBER:
201.099  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
201.099.B PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    11.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A 


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 1 Unit 2  34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 Unit 2  34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
11.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP
: N/A 
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature.
: 2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL):
1B21-R606A, B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches  1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) is +
28 inches 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) is +
28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21
-R623A (Wide Range) are
+30 inches 1B21-R604B and 1B21
-R623B (Wide Range) are
+35 inches
 
1B21-R623A and 1B21
-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating
  ****    3. NO erratic behavior for the specified instruments has been observed.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Determine which of these RWL indications are valid And  Report the corrected RWL for EACH valid RWL instrument And  Any recommendations concerning RWL.


INITIAL CONDITIONS: 
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
: 1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature. 2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL):  1B21-R606A, B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches  1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches  1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) are +30 inches  1B21-R604B and 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) are +35 inches 1B21-R623A and 1B21-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating  ****    3. NO erratic behavior for the specified instruments has been observed.
  (** Indicates critical step)
INITIATING CUES:  Determine which of these RWL indications are valid  And  Report the corrected RWL for EACH valid RWL instrument  And  Any recommendations concerning RWL.
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation". START TIME:__________   1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task. Operator has identified the correct procedure as 34AB-B21-002-1.
NMP
NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1. PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed).
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".
: 2. Determine if RWL corrections are required. Using SPDS (or Drywell temp indications) the operator DETERMINES: Drywell temperature is greater than 150°F. RWL corrections ARE required.
START TIME:__________
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1. The operator has REVIEWED Caution 1 and Caution 2 on  of 34AB-B21-002-1. 4. Confirm there is no indication of erratic instrument behavior. The operator has VERIFIED, by observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior: 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone)
: 1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator indicates use of the Diagnostic screen of SPDS, GIVE the operator Supplement 2.
Operator has identified the correct procedure as 34AB
: 5. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 1 and 2 (Maximum Run Temperature). At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures: RTD Group 1 - 293°F RTD Group 2 - 290°F PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.
-B21-002-1.
: 6. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 5 (Maximum Run Temperature). At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures: RTD Group 5 - 263°F   
NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed).
: 2. Determine if RWL corrections are required.
Using SPDS (or Drywell temp indications) the operator DETERMINES
: Drywell temperature is greater than 150°F.
RWL corrections ARE required.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB
-B21-002-1. The operator has REVIEWED Caution 1 and Caution 2 on  of 34AB-B21-002-1. 4. Confirm there is no indication of erratic instrument behavior.
The operator has VERIFIED, by observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior:
1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone)
 
PROMPT: WHEN the operator indicates use of the Diagnostic screen of SPDS, GIVE the operator Supplement 2.
: 5. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 1 and 2 (Maximum Run Temperature).
At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures:
RTD Group 1  
- 293°F RTD Group 2  
- 290°F PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.
: 6. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 5 (Maximum Run Temperature).
At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures:
RTD Group 5 - 263°F   


2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.   **6. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature. The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are VALID: 1B21-R606A  (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606B  (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606C  (Narrow Range) **7. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature. The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are INVALID: 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) **8. Determine correct RWL from the following; 1B21-R606A 1B21-R606B 1B21-R606C. Using 34AB-B21-002-1, the operator has DETERMINED Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, B & C (narrow range) is +8 inches (accept 1 inch).
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:   After JPM step #8 is complete. With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here. EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2.
  (** Indicates critical step)
Page 10 of 11  SHUTDOWNINB252227 Page 11 of 11  N001KN001JN002N003257263292293N001LN008205207200257N001BN001AN010N009259289290N001MN004N005200207205257227SUPPLEMENT 2 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)   DRAFT ADMIN 2 - ALL Title: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin) Author:  ANTHONY BALL Media Number:
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.
  **6. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature.
The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are VALID: 1B21-R606A  (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606B  (Narrow Range
) 1B21-R606C  (Narrow Range)
  **7. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature.
The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are INVALID: 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range)
  **8. Determine correc t RWL from the following; 1B21-R606A 1B21-R606B 1B21-R606C. Using 34AB
-B21-002-1, the operator has DETERMINED Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, B & C (narrow range
) is +8 inches (accept 1 inch).
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
After JPM step #
8 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
EVALUATOR
- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2
.
Page 10 of 11  SHUTDOWNINB252227 Page 11 of 11  N001KN001JN002N003257263292293N001LN008205207200257N001BN001AN010N009259289290N001MN004N005200207205257227SUPPLEMENT 2 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 2 - ALL Title: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)
Author:  ANTHONY BALL Media Number:
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Time:
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Time:
15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)   Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:  Date:    Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date:     
15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)
Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:  Date:    Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor
)  Date:     
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11    This page intentionally left blank
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 2 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01  Revised ILT
-1 Admin JPM LR
-JP-25047 to match updated 34GO
-OPS-001. New IRM Multipliers are included.
After 2015 NRC Exam will be re
-numbered to LR
-JP-25047. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 4 of 11  Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11    This page intentionally left blank 
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 2   Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 Revised ILT-1 Admin JPM LR-JP-25047 to match updated 34GO-OPS-001. New IRM Multipliers are included. After 2015 NRC Exam will be re-numbered to LR-JP-25047. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:
IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)
JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN TASK STANDARD:
The task is complete when the IRM alternate power checks are performed and the Operator determines that Average % power calculated is higher then current APRM power readings and an


Rev. No. List of Contributors               
evaluation of power level indication is required.
TASK NUMBER:
xxx.xxx  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
xxx.xxx.x PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO x.xx SRO x.xx  K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
xxxxxxxxxxxxxx


UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)  JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 2  TASK STANDARD: The task is complete when the IRM alternate power checks are performed and the Operator determines that Average % power calculated is higher then current APRM power readings and an evaluation of power level indication is required. TASK NUMBER: xxx.xxx  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: xxx.xxx.x  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:  RO x.xx SRO x.xx  K/A CATALOG NUMBER: xxxxxxxxxxxxxx K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 4.3 SRO x.xx  OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  
:
RO 4.3 SRO x.xx  OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 (Attachment 15 Rev. 41.3) N/A  APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    15 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A   


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 1 Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 (Attachment 15 Rev. 41.3) N/A  APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
15 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A   
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Reactor Startup is in progress
. 2. The crew is making preparations to startup the Steam Jet Air Ejector prior to securing the Mechanical Vacuum Pump
. 3. All APRMs are currently reading 4% power. 4. Pre-Job Brief is NOT required.
 
INITIATING CUES:    IAW Step 7.3.24 of 34GO
-OPS-001-1, perform Alternate Power Level check per Attachment 1
: 5. 
 
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
START TIME:__________
: 1. Operator has DETERMINED the correct procedure section to use.
Operator has OBTAINS the correct procedure section to use starting at Attachment 15 PROMPT: AT this time GIVE the operator Attachment 1 (34GO-OPS-001-1, ATTACHMENT 15).
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (IRM Data). 
: 2. The operator identifies where he will obtain IRM power and range information to record on Attachment
: 15. The operator identifies where the IRM power information is
: obtained, At IH 11-P603. NOTE: ATTACHMENT 3 is the marked up answer key. 
: 3. The operator copies the IRM range and power level data onto the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment
: 15. Using the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15 the data is recorded by operator.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 8 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **4. The operator performs the calculation to the IRM data. The operator uses the recorded IRM data and MULTIPLIES it by the correct constant of (0.212). PROMPT: IF the operator request that the Calculations be verified, THEN as another operator perform verification but DO NOT correct any errors.


INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
  **5. The operator determines that Average % power is greater than APRM power settings.
: 1. Reactor Startup is in progress. 2. The crew is making preparations to startup the Steam Jet Air Ejector prior to securing the Mechanical Vacuum Pump. 3. All APRMs are currently reading 4% power. 4. Pre-Job Brief is NOT required. 
Using the Average % power, the operator DETERMINES that APRMs readings are NOT greater than the Average IRM power.


INITIATING CUES:   IAW Step 7.3.24 of 34GO-OPS-001-1, perform Alternate Power Level check per Attachment 15.   
**6. The operator determines an evaluation of power level is required.
The operator informs the Shift Supervisor that an evaluation of power level indication is required.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
After JPM step #6 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
EVALUATOR
- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1
& 2.   


2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. START TIME:__________  1. Operator has DETERMINED the correct procedure section to use. Operator has OBTAINS the correct procedure section to use starting at Attachment 15    PROMPT: AT this time GIVE the operator Attachment 1 (34GO-OPS-001-1, ATTACHMENT 15).
ATTACHENT 1
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM  (IRM Data).  
ATTACHENT 2   IRM DATA IRMS RANGE READING A 9 18 C 9 20 E 9 20 G 10 20 B 9 18 D 9 22 F 10 20 H 9 18 ATTACHMENT 3 ** KEY **
: 2. The operator identifies where he will obtain IRM power and range information to record on Attachment 15. The operator identifies where the IRM power information is obtained, At IH 11-P603. NOTE: ATTACHMENT 3 is the marked up answer key. 3. The operator copies the IRM range and power level data onto the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15. Using the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15 the data is recorded by operator.
DO NOT give this to applicant
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 8 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **4. The operator performs the calculation to the IRM data. The operator uses the recorded IRM data and MULTIPLIES it by the correct constant of (0.212). PROMPT: IF the operator request that the Calculations be verified, THEN as another operator perform verification but DO NOT correct any errors. 
**5. The operator determines that Average % power is greater than APRM power settings. Using the Average % power, the operator DETERMINES that APRMs readings are NOT greater than the Average IRM power. 
**6. The operator determines an evaluation of power level is required. The operator informs the Shift Supervisor that an evaluation of power level indication is required.      END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    After JPM step #6 is complete. With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here. EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1& 2. 


ATTACHENT 1 ATTACHENT 2    IRM DATA  IRMS RANGE READING A 9 18 C 9 20 E 9 20 G 10 20 B 9 18 D 9 22 F 10 20 H 9 18 ATTACHMENT 3 ** KEY ** DO NOT give this to applicant Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 17    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 17    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)


DRAFT ADMIN 3 - ALL Title: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
DRAFT ADMIN 3 - ALL Title: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Time:
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Time:
15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)   Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)
Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 17    This page intentionally left blank
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 17  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 3    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00  Initial development.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 17  Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 17    This page intentionally left blank 
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 1 of 15  1  UNIT 1 (  )
UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE:
REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE JPM NUMBER:
2015-301 ADMIN
-3 TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be complete when the operator reviews the completed surveillance procedure, 34SV
-E51-002-2, makes any required calculations and determines RCIC surveillanc e is unsat and RCIC is inoperable
. TASK NUMBER:
300.011  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
300.011.O K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
Generic 2.2.12


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 17  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 3   Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00  Initial development. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 17  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
Rev. No. List of Contributors               
:
RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
  / Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)


2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 1 of 15  1  UNIT 1 (  ) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE  JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-3  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator reviews the completed surveillance procedure, 34SV-E51-002-2, makes any required calculations and determines RCIC surveillance is unsat and RCIC is inoperable. TASK NUMBER: 300.011  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 300.011.O    K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.2.12 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) / Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  34SV-E51-002-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2  Completed surveillance package: 34SV-E51-002-2.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A 3 Page 2 of 15 EVALUATOR COPY UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR 


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 2  34SV-E51-002-2 (current version)
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 2  Completed surveillance package: 34SV
-E51-002-2.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:
N/A 3 Page 2 of 15 EVALUATOR COPY UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
: 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST)
Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".
: 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.


INITIATING CUES: Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.
INITIATING CUES:
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.
Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets
.
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV
-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.
5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.
5.1 through step 7.
5.6.
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".     START TIME:__________   PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM  (Data has been filled in for this JPM).
NMP
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".
START TIME:__________
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of 34 SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM  (Data has been filled in for this JPM).
 
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the IST Book, INFORM the Operator that a supervisor has verified the reference data.
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the IST Book, INFORM the Operator that a supervisor has verified the reference data.
NOTE: JPM Steps 1 - 8 can be performed in any order. 1. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Turbine Speed Nr is acceptable. On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Turbine Speed Nr data is SATISFACTORY. 3900 rpm (Acceptable Range: 3861 (0.99) to 3939 (1.01) rpm) 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 4 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  2. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Stopped) (Pi) is acceptable. On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (Still) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 34 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig. 3. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Running) (Pi) is acceptable. On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (Running) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 31 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig. 4. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Outlet Pressure (Running) Po is NOT acceptable. At step 7.8.2.1.1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Outlet Pressure data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 1072 psig is NOT in the Acceptable Range of > 1135 psig. NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) Po is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review. 


2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 5 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 5. The Operator calculates and then evaluates on Attachment 1 and finds Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator CALCULATES AND EVALUATES Differential Pressure (2) dPr data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 0.88 dPr is NOT in the Acceptable Range of 0.90 to 1.10 dPr.
NOTE: JPM Steps 1
NOTE: Ratio Differential Pressure (2) dPr is equal to the Test Value dPr divided by the Reference Value dPr. 1041/1183 = 0.88. At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable and RCIC must be declared inoperable. This action IS acceptable. It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.
- 8 can be performed in any order. 
: 1. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Turbine Speed Nr is acceptable.
On Attach.
1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Turbine Speed Nr data is SATISFACTORY
. 3900 rpm (Acceptable Range:
3861 (0.99) to 3939 (1.01) rpm) 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 4 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 2. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Stopped) (
Pi) is acceptable.
On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (St ill) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY
. 34 psig Acceptable Range:
>7 psig. 3. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Running) (P i) is acceptable.
On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (Running) (P i) data is SATISFACTORY
. 31 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig.
: 4. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Outlet Pressure (Running
) Po is NOT acceptable.
At step 7.8.2.1.1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Outlet Pressure data IS NOT SATISFACTORY
. 1072 psig is NOT in the Acceptable Range of
> 1135 psig.
NOTE: At this time
, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
 
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 5 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 5. The Operator calculates and then evaluates on Attachment 1 and finds Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable.
On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator CALCULATES AND EVALUATES Differential Pressure (2) dP r data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 0.88 dPr is NOT in the Acceptable Range of 0.90 to 1.10 dPr.
NOTE: Ratio Differential Pressure (2) dP r is equal to the Test Value dPr divided by the Reference Value dP
: r. 1041/1183 = 0.88.
At this time
, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable and RCIC must be declared inoperable. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.
: 6. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Flowrate (4)  
: 6. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Flowrate (4)  
(Qr) is acceptable. On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Flowrate (4) (Qr) data (400 gpm) is SATISFACTORY. Acceptable value is 400 gpm.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Out of Spec readings, INFORM the Operator to finish the data package review. 
: 7. The Operator performs step 7.5.1 Reason for test: The Operator places a check mark for "Norm. Surv." per the initial conditions. 8. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of greater than OR equal to 1135 psig with reactor pressure of > 920 psig AND < 1058 psig. The Operator has determined RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 6 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  9. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.2 RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. The Operator has verified that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the RCIC pump discharge lines upstream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled, INFORM the Operator that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. 
: 10. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC is started. The Operator has verified that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC started.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, INFORM the Operator that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto started. 
: 11. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. The Operator has verified that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, open when RCIC is running, INFORM the Operator that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, auto opened. 
: 12. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.5 Oil level AND pressure is observed. The Operator has verified that Oil level AND pressure is observed.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Oil level AND pressure is observed, INFORM the Operator that Oil level AND pressures were observed. 


2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 7 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 13. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.1 RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po data. The Operator has determined that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
(Qr) is acceptable.
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) Po is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Flowrate (4) (Q r) data (400 gpm) is SATISFACTORY
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. 14. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump dPr data. The Operator has determined that Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2. NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. This action IS acceptable.
. Acceptable value is 4 00 gpm.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. 
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Out of Spec readings, INFORM the Operator to finish the data package review
: 15. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 Flowrate (4) (Qr) data. The Operator has determined that Flowrate (Qr) data meets the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2. 16. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.7 if Response Time Test was performed. The Operator evaluates if Response Time Test was performed. PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses Response Time Test, INFORM the Operator that Response Time Test was NOT performed. 
: 7. The Operator performs step 7.
5.1 Reason for test:
The Operator places a check mark for "Norm. Surv.
" per the initial conditions.
: 8. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 4 00 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of greater than OR equal to 1135 psig with reactor pressure of > 920 psig AND < 1058 psig.
The Operator has determined RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 6 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 9. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.2 RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. The Operator has verified that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the RCIC pump discharge lines upstream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled
, INFORM the Operator that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled
: 10. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A AND 2T41
-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC is started
. The Operator has verified that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41
-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC started.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, INFORM the Operator that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto started.
: 11. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. The Operator has verified that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running
.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, open when RCIC is running
, INFORM the Operator that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, auto opened.
: 12. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.5 Oil level AND pressure is observed
. The Operator has verified that Oil level AND pressure is observed
.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Oil level AND pressure is observed
, INFORM the Operator that Oil level AND pressures were observed. 
 
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 7 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 13. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.1 RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o data. The Operator has determined that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
NOTE: At this time
, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
 
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.
: 14. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump dPr data. The Operator has determined that Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2
. NOTE: At this time
, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. This action IS acceptable.


2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 8 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    **17. The Operator performs step 7.5.4  Test Result. The Operator completes step 7.5.4 and marks the step UNSAT.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.
NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - 28 can be performed in any order.   
: 15. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 Flowrate (4) (Q r) data. The Operator has determined that Flowrate (Q r) data meets the acceptance criteria of step  
**18. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 for RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1. The Operator lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 & 7.5.2.6.1 (<1135 psig)
**19. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 RCIC Differential Pressure dPr. The Operator also lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1 (dPr < 0.90). NOTE: If the Operator addresses writing a Condition Report (CR) based on this surveillance, inform the Operator that another operator will write the CR.      END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    After JPM step #19 is complete. With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here. EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet. 


SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH  Pg 45 of 59  DOCUMENT TITLE: RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 Version No: 24.1 ATTACHMENT 1  Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 of 1  (** Indicates critical step) ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY ** DO NOT give this to applicant Reference Data Changes: Is reference data being changed?  (  ) Yes  () No  IF YES, list justification for so doing:                                                                                               (2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE  REQ'D ACTION RANGE  (1) RATIO  (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR,  Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900*  01/18/12*  3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A  34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running) (Pi) 2E51-R604  31*  01/18/12*  31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*
7.5.2.6.2. 16. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.7 if Response Time Test was performed
. The Operator evaluates if Response Time Test was performed
. PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses Response Time Test
, INFORM the Operator that Response Time Test was NOT performed
 
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 8 of 15  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
    **17. The Operator performs step 7.5.4  Test Result.
The Operator completes step 7.5.4 and marks the step UNSAT.
NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - 28 can be performed in any order. 
 
**18. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 for RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1. The Operator lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 & 7.5.2.6.1 (<1135 psig).
 
**19. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 RCIC Differential Pressure dP
: r. The Operator also lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC Differential Pressure dP r has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1 (dPr < 0.90). NOTE: If the Operator addresses writing a Condition Report (CR) based on this surveillance, inform the Operator that another operator will write the CR.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    After JPM step #
19 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
EVALUATOR
- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet.
 
SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH  Pg 45 of 59  DOCUMENT TITLE:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:
34SV-E51-002-2 Version No:
24.1 ATTACHMENT 1  Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 of 1  (** Indicates critical step)
ATTACHMENT 1
** KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant Reference Data Changes:
Is reference data being changed?  (  ) Yes  () No  IF YES, list justification for so doing:                                                                                          
  (2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE  REQ'D ACTION RANGE  (1) RATIO  (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR,  Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900*  01/18/12*  3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A  34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running)
(Pi) 2E51-R604  31*  01/18/12*  31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*
01/18/12*
01/18/12*
1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2) (DPr) N/A 1183*
1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2)
(DPr) N/A 1183*
01/18/12*
01/18/12*
1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr 0.88* Flowrate (4) (Qr)  2E51-R612 400 N/A  400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0  (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0.  (2) Differential pressure must be calculated as:  dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running) (3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.   
1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr 0.88* Flowrate (4)
(Qr)  2E51-R612 400 N/A  400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0  (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO
-INS-001-0.  (2) Differential pressure must be calculated as:  dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running)  
- Inlet Pressure (Pump running)
  (3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.
 
SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH PAGE 42 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:
34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO:
24.1  Page 10 of 15  ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5 TEST RESULTS 7.5.1 Reason for test: (   ) Norm. Surv.  (  ) WO # ____________________________________
  (  ) Other ________________________________________________________________
7.5.2 Acceptance Criteria 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of 1135 psig with reactor pressure between 920 and 1058 psig.
* 7.5.2.2 RCIC Pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51
-F013 and 2E51
-F022 are filled.
7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A and 2T41
-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Fans, AUTO START WHEN RCIC is started.
7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A and 2P41
-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running.


SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH  PAGE 42 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO: 24.1  Page 10 of 15  ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY ** DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5 TEST RESULTS  7.5.1 Reason for test: (  ) Norm. Surv.  (  ) WO # ____________________________________  (  ) Other ________________________________________________________________  7.5.2 Acceptance Criteria  7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of 1135 psig with reactor pressure between 920 and 1058 psig.
* 7.5.2.2 RCIC Pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 and 2E51-F022 are filled. 7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A and 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Fans,  AUTO START WHEN RCIC is started. 7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A and 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN,  WHEN cooler is running.
7.5.2.5 Oil levels observed in the normal range, OR LOR written.
7.5.2.5 Oil levels observed in the normal range, OR LOR written.
7.5.2.6 IF the 92 day test or CPT was performed:  7.5.2.6.1 Steps 7.5.2.1 through 7.5.2.5 are acceptable. 7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump data matches the reference data WITHIN the limits stated on Attachment 1, 5 or 6.
* 7.5.2.7 IF Response Time Test was performed,  RCIC Pump obtained rated flow and pressure in less than OR equal to 45 seconds.   


SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH   PAGE 43 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO: 24.1  Page 11 of 15  ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY ** DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5.4 Test Result: (  ) Satisfactory (  ) Unsatisfactory 7.5.5 Unsatisfactory Conditions:   (1) RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to   meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________ (2) RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2 _________________________________________________________________________   _________________________________________________________________________   _________________________________________________________________________  _________________________________________________________________________  7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions: ______________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________  _________________________________________________________________________  7.5.7 Test completed and/or verified by:  __________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ Print Name / Initial / Date  __________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ Print Name / Initial / Date  __________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ Print Name / Initial / Date  __________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ Print Name / Initial / Date   
7.5.2.6 IF the 92 day test or CPT was performed:
7.5.2.6.1 Steps 7.5.2.1 through 7.5.2.5 are acceptable.
7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump data matches the reference data WITHIN the limits stated on Attachment 1, 5 or 6.
* 7.5.2.7 IF Response Time Test was performed, RCIC Pump obtained rated flow and pressure in less than OR equal to 45 seconds.
 
SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH PAGE 43 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO:
24.1  Page 11 of 15  ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5.4 Test Result:
  (  ) Satisfactory
(  ) Unsatisfactory 7.5.5 Unsatisfactory Conditions:
  (1) RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.
5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________
  (2) RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of ste p 7.5.2.6.2
__________________
_______________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________
___________________________
7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions:
______________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
______ 7.5.7 Test completed and/or verified by:
__________________________________________
  / ____________
/ ____________
Print Name
/ Initial / Date  __________________________________________
/ ____________
/ ____________
Print Name
/ Initial / Date  __________________________________________
/ ____________
/ ____________
Print Name
/ Initial / Date  __________________________________________
/ ____________
/ ____________
Print Name
/ Initial / Date   


SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67  DOCUMENT TITLE: RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 Version No: 31.0 ATTACHMENT 1  Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2 of 2  Page 12 of 15  ATTACHMENT 2 PROVIDE TO APPLICANT Reference Data Changes: Is reference data being changed?  (  ) Yes  (  ) No  IF YES, list justification for so doing:                                                                                               (2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE  REQ'D ACTION RANGE  (1) RATIO  (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR,  Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900*  01/18/12*  3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A  34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running) (Pi) 2E51-R604  31*  01/18/12*  31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*
SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67  DOCUMENT TITLE:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:
34SV-E51-002-2 Version No:
31.0 ATTACHMENT 1  Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2 of 2  Page 12 of 15  ATTACHMENT 2 PROVIDE TO APPLICANT Reference Data Changes:
Is reference data being changed?  (  ) Yes  (  ) No  IF YES, list justification for so doing:                                                                                          
  (2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE  REQ'D ACTION RANGE  (1) RATIO  (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR,  Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900*  01/18/12*  3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A  34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running)
(Pi) 2E51-R604  31*  01/18/12*  31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*
01/18/12*
01/18/12*
1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2) (DPr) N/A 1183*
1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2)
(DPr) N/A 1183*
01/18/12*
01/18/12*
1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr   
1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr   


Flowrate (4) (Qr)  2E51-R612 400 N/A  400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0.   
Flowrate (4)
(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as:  dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running)
(Qr)  2E51-R612 400 N/A  400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO
(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.
-INS-001-0.   
(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as:  dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running)  
- Inlet Pressure (Pump running)
 
(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value
 
(4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.
 
Page 13 of 15     
Page 13 of 15     


UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
: 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST)
Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34 SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".
: 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.
Review Attachment 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.


INITIATING CUES:  Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.    
-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 13    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 13    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)


DRAFT ADMIN 4 - RO ONLY Title: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY Author:
DRAFT ADMIN 4 - RO ONLY Title: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY Author:
Anthony Ball Media Number:  2015-301 ADMIN 4 Time:
Anthony Ball Media Number:  2015-301 ADMIN 4 Time:
9.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)   Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
 
==9.0 Minutes==
Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)
Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 13    This page intentionally left blank
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 13  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 17 5/26/11 Revise JPM LR
-JP-20059, due to implementation of NMP-EP 110 and NMP
-EP-111 and for NRC Exam 2011
-3011. ELJ CME 17.1  Minor revision for procedure comparison and modified wind direction to obtain a different evacuation route. After 2015 NRC Exam will be incorporated into JPM Database with new media number. ARB                               


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 13   This page intentionally left blank  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 13  Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 13  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 4    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 17 5/26/11 Revise JPM LR-JP-20059, due to implementation of NMP-EP 110 and NMP-EP-111 and for NRC Exam 2011-3011. ELJ CME 17.1  Minor revision for procedure comparison and modified wind direction to obtain a different evacuation route. After 2015 NRC Exam will be incorporated into JPM Database with new media number. ARB                               
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 13  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Rev. No. List of Contributors               
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY JPM NUMBER:
2015-301 ADMIN 4  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP
-EP-111-002. TASK NUMBER:
200.059  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
200.059.A PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:


2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY  JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 4  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP-EP-111-002. TASK NUMBER: 200.059  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.059.A  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  
RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 & 2  NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2  NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    9.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 4   


UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE CANDIDATE 
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
: 1. A Reactor scram has occurred. 2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release. 3. A Prompt Off-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress. 4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr. 5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency. 6. The ED has directed a PA announcement to be performed in accordance with NMP-EP-111. 7. SPDS is available.
9.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 4   
 
UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE CANDIDATE
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A Reactor scram has occurred.
: 2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release.  
: 3. A Prompt Off
-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress.
: 4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr.
: 5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency.
: 6. The ED has directed a PA announcement to be performed in accordance with NMP-EP-111. 7. SPDS is available.


INITIATING CUES: Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS - HATCH."  NOTE: Another operator will make the actual page announcement IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements."   
INITIATING CUES:
Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS  
- HATCH."  NOTE: Another operator will make the actual page announcement IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements
."   


2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation". START TIME:__________   NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements".
NMP
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".
START TIME:__________
NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements".
 
PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following:
PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following:
o NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS  - HATCH." AND o Also PROVIDE the attached SPDS Attachments. 1. Select correct section of  NMP-EP-111-002. The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5 - Emergency Page Announcement Selection Guidance is the required section. 


2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 8 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **2. Select the correct form to use for a Site-Area Emergency announcement. The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-002, Instruction 5 to determine that "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency" (see page  
o NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS
: 14) is the required form. NOTE: The candidate may review the NOTES at the top of NMP-EP-111-002,  "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of SAE Or GE"  3. IV. a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information. The candidate determines that wind direction is required in order to select the correct evacuation route.   
  - HATCH." AND o Also PROVIDE the attached SPDS Attachments
. 1. Select correct section of NMP-EP-111-002. The candidate uses NMP
-EP-111-002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5
- Emergency Page Announcement Selection Guidance is the required section.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 8 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **2. Select the correct form to use for a Site-Area Emergency announcement.
The candidate uses NMP
-EP-111-002, Instruction 5 to determine that "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site
-Area Or General Emergency" (see page  
: 14) is the required form
. NOTE: The candidate may review the NOTES at the top of NMP
-EP-111-002,  "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of SAE Or GE"  3. IV. a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information
. The candidate determines that wind direction is required in order to select the correct evacuation route.   


NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4.
NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4.
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses wind direction at panel 1H11-P689, Y33-S/ZR R604 (WIND SPEED/DIRECTION 23 METER ELEVATION),
INDICATE for the Candidate that this recorder is INOPERABLE.  **4. Check wind direction. At panel 1H11-P690, wind direction checked on one of the following: SPDS MIDAS screen OR SPDS MET Data screen 


2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **5. Determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information. The candidate uses "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine: Rally point: PESB Exit Route: Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route:   U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of  "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency."   NOTE: If the operator uses the 10 Meter wind direction, the Site Exit route will (INCORRECTLY) state "Main Access Road."
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses wind direction at panel 1H11
NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1. This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch.
-P689, Y33
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings INFORM the Candidate that Security has been directed to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements," as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the Candidate that this will performed by another Operator. END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Candidate exceeds double the allotted time. Candidate states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here.
-S/ZR R604 (WIND SPEED/DIRECTION 23 METER ELEVATION),
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES:  The appropriate emergency tone and announcement must be made as soon as possible, but not to exceed 15 minutes after the initial emergency declaration The person making this announcement is expected to announce all applicable information. a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information below needed for this announcement. b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement. c. Perform IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements". (Select one)  Site-Area Emergency or  General Emergency 1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS /  IS NOT) A DRILL. A/AN Site-Area Emergency HAS BEEN DECLARED. 2. (Select one): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE (IS /  IS NOT) IN PROGRESS. 3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES. NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non-essential personnel have left the plant site. 4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. 5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one):  THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD,  THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING,  OTHER (specify another exit route) _______________________. AND THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS (Select one):  EITHER DIRECTION ON U.S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT EITHER TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS OR APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY. SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY. NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS.
INDICATE for the Candidate that this recorder is INOPERABLE
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress?    Yes    No IF a. A radiological release Is Not in progress: THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used: Rally Point - Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB) Site Exit Route - Main Access Road Evacuation Route - Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1. IF c. A radiological release Is in progress: THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction. Consult with Security to determine alternative(s) IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement. NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point. Wind Direction From:  Rally Point: Site Exit Route: Evacuation Route/State Reception Center 340&#xba; - 60&#xba; Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61&#xba; - 110&#xba; PESB Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 111&#xba; - 225&#xba; PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226&#xba; - 339&#xba; PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 12 of 13    1155.04.065100-10-1.0(F) 10M5560-10-0.515 MIN. AVG.000 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 13 of 13    115 DEG90 DEG65 DEG65 DEG115 DEG91 DEG64 DEG 64 DEG Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 12    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)   DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY) DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP Title: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
.  **4. Check wind direction.
At panel 1H11
-P690, wind direction checked on one of the following
: SPDS MIDAS screen OR SPDS MET Data screen
 
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **5. Determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information
. The candidate uses "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine
: Rally point:
PESB Exit Route:
Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route:
U.S. Highway 1  
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of  "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency."
NOTE: If the operator uses the 10 Meter wind direction, the Site Exit route will (INCORRECTLY) state "Main Access Road
."
NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1.
This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch.
 
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings INFORM the Candidate that Security has been directed to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings
 
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements
," as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the Candidate that this will performed by another Operator. END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Candidate exceeds double the allotted time.
Candidate states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES:  The appropriate emergency tone and announcement must be made as soon as possible, but not to exceed 15 minutes after the initial emergency declaration The person making this announcement is expected to announce all applicable information.
: a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information below needed for this announcement.
: b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement.
: c. Perform IAW NMP
-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements".
  (Select one
)  Site-Area Emergency or  General Emergency
: 1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS /  IS NOT) A DRILL. A/AN Site-Area Emergency HAS BEEN DECLARED.
: 2. (Select one
): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE (IS /  IS NOT) IN PROGRESS.
: 3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES. NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non
-essential personnel have left the plant site.
: 4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U.
S. HIGHWAY 1.
: 5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one):  THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD
,  THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING
,  OTHER (specify another exit route) __________________
_____. AND THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS (Select one
):  EITHER DIRECTION ON U.S. HIGHWAY
: 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT EITHER TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS O R APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.
SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.
NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS.
 
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress?    Yes    No IF a. A radiological release Is Not in progress:
THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used:
Rally Point  
- Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB)
Site Exit Route  
- Main Access Road Evacuation Route  
- Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1.
IF c. A radiological release Is in progress:
THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction.
Consult with Security to determine alternative(s)
IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement.
NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point. Wind Direction From:  Rally Point:
Site Exit Route:
Evacuation Route/State Reception Center 340&#xba; - 60&#xba; Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61&#xba; - 110&#xba; PESB Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building U.S. Highway 1  
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 111&#xba; - 225&#xba; PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1  
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226&#xba; - 339&#xba; PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley
 
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 12 of 13    1155.04.065100-10-1.0(F) 10M5560-10-0.515 MIN. AVG.000 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 13 of 13    115 DEG90 DEG65 DEG65 DEG115 DEG91 DEG64 DEG 64 DEG Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 12    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY)
DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP Title: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number
:
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Time:
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Time:
20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)   Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)
Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
Date:    Approved By:  Date:     


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 12    This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 12    This page intentionally left blank


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 12  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 5   Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00  Modified 2011-301 Admin 4 to use on ILT-9 NRC Exam 2015-301. After exam both JPMs will be renumbered and incorporated into JPM bank. ARB CME Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 12  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 12  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00  Modified 2011
-301 Admin 4 to use on ILT
-9 NRC Exam 2015
-301. After exam both JPMs will be renumbered and incorporated into JPM bank.
ARB CME Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 12  Line Contributors


Rev. No. List of Contributors               
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 5 of 12  UNIT 1 (  ) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-5  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has directed the required actions per 31EO-PCG-001-2, Primary Containment Gas Control. TASK NUMBER: 201.072  PLANT  HATCH JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
Rev. No. List of Contributors
RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
 
RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 5 of 12  UNIT 1 (  ) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED JPM NUMBER:
2015-301 ADMIN-5  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be complete when the operator has directed the required actions per 31EO
-PCG-001-2, Primary Containment Gas Control. TASK NUMBER:
201.072  PLANT  HATCH JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
 
RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Senior Reactor Operator (
SRO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  31EO-PCG-001-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2  31EO-PCG-001-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    20 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 5   


UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 2  31EO-PCG-001-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 2  31EO-PCG-001-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
20 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 5   
 
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. You are the SS on Unit 2
: 2. A reactor scram occurred due to a LOCA 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed
: 4. RWL is stable at
-150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps 5. Torus water level is stable at 2 50 inches 6. NO Primary Containment Venting is in progress
: 7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress
: 8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at 3 00 mR/hr 9. A Projected Offsite Dose has been calculated at 400 mR/hr  


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. You are the SS on Unit 2 2. A reactor scram occurred due to a LOCA 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed  4. RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps 5. Torus water level is stable at 250 inches 6. NO Primary Containment Venting is in progress 7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress 8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at 300 mR/hr 9. A Projected Offsite Dose has been calculated at 400 mR/hr 
Evaluate the PCG EOP flowchart
, "31EO-PCG-001-2" ONLY. IAW the PCG flowchart, address and state ALL steps, actions, and orders that are to be directed, due to these plant conditions.


INITIATING CUES:  Evaluate the PCG EOP flowchart, "31EO-PCG-001-2" ONLY. IAW the PCG flowchart, address and state ALL steps, actions, and orders that are to be directed, due to these plant conditions.
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".     START TIME:__________ PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL ATTACHMENTS to the student. **1. Enters the PCG flowchart. The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart. 2. Confirm the H2O2 analyzers are in service. The operator DETEMINES that the the H2O2 analyzers are in service by checking 2H11-P700 or SPDS.  **3. Evaluate the override at C-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point "S" is to be entered. 4. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr. The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is <1000 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. 5. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if there is detectable Hydrogen in drywell or torus. The operator DETERMINES there is Hydrogen in drywell or torus based on Initial conditions. 6. Determines Estimated Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
NMP
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 7. Determines Projected Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Projected Offsite Dose to be 400 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. 8. Determines the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at F-7 the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE to be 700 mr/hr (300 + 400 = 700). **9. Uses step at J-5 on path G-2, to direct an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans. PROMPT: WHEN the operator directs the starting of DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans, INFORM the operator that DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans are running. 10. Evaluates decision step at G-7, on path G-2, to determine whether Torus Water level is below 300 inches. The operator DETERMINES that Torus level is below 300 inches. (Chooses YES, proceeds to the right to vent the Torus). **11. Using step at H-7, on path G-2, directs Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate venting of the Torus, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Torus venting is in progress. PROMPT: IF ASKED whether the DW is being vented throught the Torus, INFORM the operator the indications are DW pressure and Torus pressure are both slowly decreasing. **12. Using step at J-7, on path G-2, directs Initiate and maximize drywell nitrogen purge flow per 31EO-EOP-104-2. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Initiate and maximize primary containment purge flow per 31EO-EOP-104-2. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate Primary Containment Purge flow, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized.
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized, INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr.  **13. Evaluates the override at D-6 on path G-2, to determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr. The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr (1100 mr/hr). 14. Evaluates the override at D-6 on path G-2, to determine if adequate core cooling is assured. The operator DETERMINES adequate core cooling is assured based on Initial conditions. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps. **15. Using step at D-6, on path G-2, directs torus venting secured. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure torus venting. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured.  **16. Using step at D-6, on path G-2, directs nitrogen purge flow secured. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure nitrogen purge flow. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured. END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here.     Page 10 of 12    3.5 4.0     Page 11 of 12     Page 12 of 12 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 14    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)  
START TIME:__________
PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL ATTACHMENT S to the student.
  **1. Enters the PC G flowchart.
The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart.
: 2. Confirm the H 2O2 analyzers are in service. The operator DETEMINES that the the H2O2 analyzers are in service by checking 2H11
-P700 or SPDS.  **3. Evaluate the override at C
-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point "S" is to be entered. 4. At D-6 on path G
-2, determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr.
The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is <1000 mr/hr based on Initial conditions
. 5. At D-6 on path G
-2, determine if there is detectable Hydrogen in drywell or torus. The operator DETERMINES there is Hydrogen in drywell or torus based on Initial conditions
. 6. Determines Estimated Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E
-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 7. Determines Projected Offsite Dose
. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E
-7 the Projected Offsite Dose to be 400 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
: 8. Determines the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE.
The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at F-7 the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE to be 700 mr/hr (300 + 400 = 700).
  **9. Uses step a t J-5 on path G-2, to direct an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans.
The operator DIRECTS an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator directs the starting of DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans, INFORM the operator that DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans are running. 10. Evaluates decision step at G
-7, on path G-2, to determine whether Torus Water level is below 300 inches.
The operator DETERMINES that Torus level is below 300 inches.
(Chooses YES, proceeds to the right to vent the Torus).
  **11. Using step at H-7, on path G
-2, directs Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks
. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Vent torus per 31EO
-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks
. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate venting of the Torus, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression
, Torus venting is in progress
. PROMPT: IF ASKED whether the DW is being vented throught the Torus
, INFORM the operator the indications are DW pressure and Torus pressure are both slowly decreasing.
  **12. Using step at J-7, on path G
-2, directs Initiate and maximize drywell nitrogen purge flow per 31EO
-EOP-104-2. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Initiate and maximize primary containment purge flow per 31EO-EOP-104-2. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate Primary Containment Purge flow
, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized
.
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized
, INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr.  **13. Evaluates the override a t D-6 on path G-2, to determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr.
The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr (1100 mr/hr)
. 14. Evaluates the override a t D-6 on path G-2, to determine if adequate core cooling is assured.
The operator DETERMINES adequate core cooling is assured based on Initial conditions.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at  
-150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps.
  **15. Using step at D
-6, on path G
-2, directs torus venting secured.
The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure torus venting.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting
, INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured
.  **16. Using step at D
-6, on path G
-2, directs nitrogen purge flow secured.
The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure nitrogen purge flow.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Page 10 of 12    3.5 4.0 Page 11 of 12 Page 12 of 12 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 14    Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)


DRAFT ADMIN 6 SRO ONLY Title: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
DRAFT ADMIN 6 SRO ONLY Title: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Time Critical:
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Time Critical:
15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)   Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)
Date:    Approved By:  Date:     
Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:
Date:    Approved By
:  Date:     
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 14    This page intentionally left blank
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 14  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 8/23/11 Initial Development SDH DNM 01 10/15/13 Made left hand column match procedure steps. Ensured each critical step only has one action. ADDED Checklist 1 answer key.
MMG ALS 1.1  Updated to latest procedure revision and will be used on ILT
-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (
LR-JP-25071-01). ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 14  Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 14    This page intentionally left blank 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 14  Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 6    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 8/23/11 Initial Development SDH DNM 01 10/15/13 Made left hand column match procedure steps. Ensured each critical step only has one action. ADDED Checklist 1 answer key. MMG ALS 1.1  Updated to latest procedure revision and will be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (LR-JP-25071-01). ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 14  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Rev. No. List of Contributors               
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
Emergency Classification
- Complete NMP
-EP-110 Checklist 1 JPM NUMBER:
2015-301 ADMIN 6  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6.
TASK NUMBER:
200.052  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
200.052.A PLANT  HATCH JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:


2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1  JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 6  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6. TASK NUMBER: 200.052  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.052.A  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
:
RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  
RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 & 2  NMP-EP-110 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2  NMP-EP-110 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    15 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: NA 


UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version)
: 1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager. 2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power. The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone. A NPO answers the phone. The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone. 3. The NRC Operations Center confirms:   One (1) hour ago, a DC 10, Delta Flight D-1492, took off from Atlanta, headed for Houston Texas. The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia. Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights' crew, but has been unsuccessful. Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI). The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes. 4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information. 5. NO Peer Check is available. INITIATING CUES: Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, Steps 1 through 6. AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update)   This JPM is TIME CRITICAL. Current time is:  ___________________
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)   NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions.
Unit 1 & 2  NMP-EP-110 (current version)
NOTE: The Student is expected to obtain a copy of Checklist 1 if the Initiating Cue is given in the Simulator or Control Room.      START TIME:_________ 1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task. The operator has OBTAINED Check List 1, which is contained in NMP-EP-110. 2. Checklist 1, Step 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode: HOT IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart COLD IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix On Checklist 1, Step 1, The operator has selected HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 3. Checklist 1, Step 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: Fuel Cladding Integrity ******************* *******************   On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, The operator has selected INTACT for Fuel Cladding Integrity.   
 
: 4. Checklist 1, Step 2.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: ******************* Reactor Coolant System *******************   On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, The operator has selected INTACT for Reactor Cooling System. 5. Checklist 1, Step 2.
15 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: ******************* ******************* Containment Integrity   On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, The operator has selected INTACT for Containment Integrity. 6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC). On Checklist 1, Step 2.b, The operator has selected NONE 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 9 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 7. Checklist 1, Step 3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 3. The operator has identified HA4  8. Checklist 1, Step 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3:  Classification *********** On Checklist 1, Step 4.
NA 
The operator has selected ALERT as the Classification. **9. Checklist 1, Step 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3:  ********** Based on IC # On Checklist 1, Step 4.
 
The operator has selected HA4 for the Based on IC#.     NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew.
UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 10. Checklist 1, Step 4. Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed). On Checklist 1, Step 4.
: 1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager.
: 2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power.
The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone.
A NPO answers the phone.
The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone.
: 3. The NRC Operations Center confirms:
One (1) hour ago, a DC 10, Delta Flight D
-1492, took off from Atlanta, headed for Houston Texas.
The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia.
Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights' crew, but has been unsuccessful.
Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI).
The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes.
: 4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information.
: 5. NO Peer Check is available.
INITIATING CUES:
Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, Steps 1 through 6.
AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update)
This JPM is TIME CRITICAL
. Current time is:  ___________________
 
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions.
 
NOTE: The Student is expected to obtain a copy of Checklist 1 if the Initiating  
 
Cue is given in the Simulator or Control Room
.      START TIME:_________
: 1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.
The operator has OBTAINED Check List 1
, which is contained in NMP-EP-110. 2. Checklist 1, Step 1.
Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode
: HOT IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart COLD IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix On Checklist 1, Step 1, The operator has selected HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart
 
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 3. Checklist 1, Step 2.
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation
. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
Fuel Cladding Integrity
  *******************
  *******************
On Checklist 1, Step 2.a
, The operator has selected INTACT for Fuel Cladding Integrity
.   
: 4. Checklist 1, Step 2.  
 
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation
. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
  *******************
Reactor Coolant System
  *******************
On Checklist 1, Step 2.a
, The operator has selected INTACT for Reactor Cooling System. 5. Checklist 1, Step 2.  
 
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation
. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
  *******************
  *******************
Containment Integrity On Checklist 1, Step 2.a
, The operator has selected INTACT for Containment Integrity.
: 6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b.
Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC)
. On Checklist 1, Step 2.b
,
The operator has selected NONE 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 9 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 7. Checklist 1, Step 3.
Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 3.
The operator has identified HA4  8. Checklist 1, Step 4.
Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3
:  Classification
  ***********
On Checklist 1, Step 4.  
 
The operator has selected ALERT as the Classification.
  **9. Checklist 1, Step 4.
Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3
:  **********
Based on IC #
On Checklist 1, Step 4.  
 
The operator has selected HA4 for the Based on IC#.
NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew.
: 10. Checklist 1, Step 4.
Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed).
On Checklist 1, Step 4.  
 
The operator has written A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided.
The operator has written A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided.
NOTE: If follow-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity. 


2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 11. Checklist 1, Step 5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification. On Checklist 1, Step 5. The operator has signed their name as the Emergency Director in the space provided. **12. Checklist 1, Step 5. Fill in the Date in the space provided. On Checklist 1, Step 5. The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided.   **13. Checklist 1, Step 5. Fill in the Time in the space provided. On Checklist 1, Step 5.
NOTE: If follow
The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided. Time Critical Stop Time:                                 . NOTE: For this step to be completed considered SAT, the time entered must be within 15 minutes of the time recorded on the Initial Conditions sheet provided to the operator.
-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM.
 
: 14. On Checklist 1, Step 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration). The operator has obtained Meteorological Data (i.e. MIDAS Information Sheet).
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **15. On Checklist 1, Step 6. Record the following: Wind Direction (from) ************ *********** ********* On Checklist 1, Step 6. The operator has entered 130 in the space provided for Wind Direction (from).  **16. On Checklist 1, Step 6. Record the following: ******************* Wind Speed *********** *********** On Checklist 1, Step 6. The operator has entered 5 in the space provided for Wind Speed.  
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 17. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
: 11. Checklist 1, Step 5.
Record the following: ***************** ********** Stability Class ********** On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification
The operator has entered D in the space provided for Stability Class. 18. On Checklist 1, Step 6. Record the following: **************** *********** *********** Precipitation On Checklist 1, Step 6.
. On Checklist 1, Step 5.
The operator has entered 0 in the space provided for Precipitation. 19. Classification is announced to the crew. Operator performs a "Crew Update" and announces what the Classification is and the IC# the classification is based on.
The operator has signed their name as the Emergency Director in the space provided.
PROMPT: If the IC# is NOT filled in on Checklist 1 or announced during a Crew Update, TELL the operator to review the Initiating Cue.   
  **12. Checklist 1, Step 5.
Fill in the Date in the space provided.
On Checklist 1, Step 5.
The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided.
  **13. Checklist 1, Step 5.
Fill in the Time in the space provided.
On Checklist 1, Step 5.  
 
The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided.
Time Critical Stop Time:  
 
      . NOTE: For this step to be completed considered SAT, the time entered must be within 15 minutes of the time recorded on the Initial Conditions sheet provided to the operator.
 
PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM.
: 14. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration)
. The operator has obtained Meteorological Data (i.e. MIDAS Information Sheet).
 
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **15. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following:
Wind Direction (from)
  ************
  ***********
  *********
On Checklist 1, Step 6.
The operator has entered 130 in the space provided for Wind Direction (from)
.  **16. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following:
  *******************
Wind Speed
  ***********
  ***********
On Checklist 1, Step 6.
The operator has entered 5 in the space provided for Wind Speed
.  
: 17. On Checklist 1, Step 6.  
 
Record the following:
  *****************
  **********
Stability Class
  **********
On Checklist 1, Step 6.  
 
The operator has entered D in the space provided for Stability Class. 18. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following:
  ****************
  ***********
  ***********
Precipitation On Checklist 1, Step 6.  
 
The operator has entered 0 in the space provided for Precipitation
. 19. Classification is announced to the crew. Operator performs a "Crew Update" and announces what the Classification is and the IC# the classification is based on.
 
PROMPT: If the IC# is NOT filled in on Checklist 1 or announced during a Crew Update, TELL the operator to review the Initiating Cue.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation
, INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2.
END TIME: _________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14  (** Indicates critical step)
INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY Checklist 1
- Classification Determination Initial Actions Completed by
: 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode:
HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the Barriers)
COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3)  Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart apply (Go To Step 2)  Student 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation.
: a. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
LOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity Reactor Coolant System Containment Integrity Student  b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC):
Student (select one)
FG1  FS1  FA1  FU1 None    3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. Hot IC#    HA4    Unit  1/2    and/or Cold IC# __________ Unit___ or  None  Student  4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3: Classification Based on IC#
Classification Based on IC#
General    Alert HA4  Site-Area  NOUE      None N/A Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed):
A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away Student  5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification.
Student  Date:  ***** /  ***** /  **** Time:  ******  Emergency Director Student 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration):
Wind Direction (from) 130  Wind Speed 5 Stability Class D      Precipitation 0    Student 7. Initiate Attachment 2, Checklist 2
- Emergency Plan Initiation
. ____________
NOTE Key Parameters should be allowed to stabilize to accurately represent plant conditions prior to classifying an event
 
Page 14 of 14 


2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of 14  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation, INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2.     END TIME: _________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 1 (ALL) Title START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM AuthorAnthony Ball Media NumberCR-SIM 1 2015-301 Time 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) DateReviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14  (** Indicates critical step) INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY  Checklist 1 - Classification Determination  Initial Actions Completed by 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode:  HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the BarriersCOLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3) Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart apply (Go To Step 2)  Student 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. a. Select the condition of each fission product barrierLOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity    Reactor Coolant System    Containment Integrity    Student  b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC): Student (select one) FG1  FS1  FA1  FU1 None    3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. Hot IC#    HA4    Unit  1/2    and/or Cold IC# __________ Unit___ or  None  Student 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3: Classification Based on IC# Classification Based on IC#  General    Alert HA4  Site-Area  NOUE      None N/A Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed): A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away Student  5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification. Student  Date:  ***** /  ***** /  **** Time:  ******  Emergency Director  Student 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration):  Wind Direction (from)  130  Wind Speed  5 Stability Class  D      Precipitation   0    Student 7. Initiate Attachment 2, Checklist 2 - Emergency Plan Initiation. ____________ NOTE Key Parameters should be allowed to stabilize to accurately represent plant conditions prior to classifying an event Page 14 of 14 
Date    


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 1 (ALL) Title  START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM Author:   Anthony Ball Media NumberCR-SIM 1 2015-301 Time 15.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 1 2015
-301   Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 16 02/22/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 17 05/03/02 Revise Simulator Setup DNM DHG 18 03/01/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC 121 to IC 127 for Simulator Setup, added new prompts, changed location of some steps and prompts.
BEB DHG 19 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 20 03/30/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 21 01/06/09 This revision is meant for initial training prior to implementation of ASDs on U2 during the 2009 U2 outage. It is the intent of Training & Operations to perform the best training possible gathering feedback from Operators during the process & feeding this information back to Operations prior to implementation to improve procedures prior to final implementation. (Note: originally a new JPM 04.20 was written, however this JPM was revised to modify the task and TO for the equipment and JPM 04.20 not retained). Section for Unit One will be "simulate" in Main Control Room due to modification on simulator to reflect changes to Unit 2.
DNM CEB RAB 21.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009
-302 Exam FNF CME 21.2 Minor revision to match procedure and use on ILT
-09 NRC Exam. Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT
-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR
-Sim 1 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10  Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10  Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 1 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 16 02/22/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 17 05/03/02 Revise Simulator Setup DNM DHG 18 03/01/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC 121 to IC 127 for Simulator Setup, added new prompts, changed location of some steps and prompts. BEB DHG 19 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 20 03/30/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 21 01/06/09 This revision is meant for initial training prior to implementation of ASDs on U2 during the 2009 U2 outage. It is the intent of Training & Operations to perform the best training possible gathering feedback from Operators during the process & feeding this information back to Operations prior to implementation to improve procedures prior to final implementation. (Note: originally a new JPM 04.20 was written, however this JPM was revised to modify the task and TO for the equipment and JPM 04.20 not retained). Section for Unit One will be "simulate" in Main Control Room due to modification on simulator to reflect changes to Unit 2. DNM CEB RAB 21.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 21.2  Minor revision to match procedure and use on ILT-09 NRC Exam. Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 1 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG               
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG               


CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 10    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 1 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured. TASK NUMBER: 004.002  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 004.002.A,  004.002.E PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING: RO 3.50 SRO 3.22  K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 202001K6.02 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
CR-SIM 1 2015
RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO) GENERAL  
-301 Page 4 of 10    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 1 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured.
TASK NUMBER:
004.002  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
004.002.A
,  004.002.E PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 3.50 SRO 3.22  K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
202001K6.02
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  34SO-B31-001-2  (current version) 34AB-B31-001-2  (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS:  Unit 2  34SO-B31-001-2  (current version) marked up to step 7.1.3.1.11 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE SIMULATOR SETUP  Simulator Initial Conditions:    1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE. 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:  A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on GEMAC. C. Use rfB31_29 and open Seal purge valve B31-F016A. D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31-F023A and 2B31-F023B. E. Start up the "2A" Recirc ASD up to step 7.1.3.1.10, with the breaker closed for the ASD, the ASD START pushbutton lit, and RWL > 32". F. Have a Marked up copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10, G. Turn OFF the SPDS screens. H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators  3. INSERT the following Event Trigger:  ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out):  ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off)  ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)  + 2 seconds - ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)  + 10 seconds - ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)  Event Trigger Contents: (ET portion of ET) ;Activate ET B31-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0 ;THEN (SCN Portion of ET) IOR loB31-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off) IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On) +2IMF mf60211170 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On) +10IMF mf60211146 f:1 d:0; ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)  4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes 


UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR  
Unit 2  34SO-B31-001-2  (current version) 34AB-B31-001-2  (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 2  34SO-B31-001-(current version) marked up to step 7.1.3.1.11


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
: 1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown 2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked. 3. "A" Recirc Pump is required for forced circulation. 4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the "A" seals. 5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the "A" Recirc Pump seals IAW 52CM-B31-003-0. 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1.10. 7. 34SO-B31-001-2 Attachment 5 "Recirc Pump Startup Prerequisites" was just completed and is SAT for a start of the "A" Recirc Pump.   
15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: 
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE. 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on GEMA C. C. Use rfB31_29 and open Seal purge valve B31
-F016A. D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31
-F023A and 2B31
-F023B. E. Start up the "2A" Recirc ASD up to step 7.1.3.1.1 0, with the breaker closed for the ASD, the ASD START pushbutton lit, and RWL
> 32". F. Have a Marked up copy of 34SO
-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.1 0, G. Turn OFF the SPDS screens.
H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators
: 3. INSERT the following Event Trigger:
ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out):
ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off)
ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)
  + 2 seconds
- ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)
  + 10 seconds
- ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)
Event Trigger Contents:
(ET portion of ET)
;Activate ET B31
-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0
;THEN (SCN Portion of ET)
IOR loB31
-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A
- Cooling Normal (White Light Off)
IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)
+2IMF mf60211170 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)
+10IMF mf60211146 f:1 d:0; ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)
: 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes
 
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown
: 2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked.
: 3. "A" Recirc Pump is required for forced circulation.
: 4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the "A" seals.
: 5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the "A" Recirc Pump seals IAW 52CM
-B31-003-0. 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1.1
: 0. 7. 34SO-B31-001-2 Attachment 5 "Recirc Pump Startup Prerequisites" was just completed and is SAT for a start of the "A" Recirc Pump.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System, Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1.1
: 0. 
 
CR-SIM 1 2015
-301 Page 7 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
 
START TIME:__________
NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11
-P601.
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO
-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10,
: 1. Operator obtains procedure and reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.
Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-001-2 and reviewed the precautions and limitations.
NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11
-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47).
: 2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 inches. At panel 2H11
-P603, the Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated).
 
PROMPT: IF addressed by the Operator, INFORM the Operator that Attachment 5 was complete and acceptable within the last 15 minutes.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 1 2015
-301 Page 8 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Discharge Valve, 2B31
-F031A. Operator confirms PUMP DISCH VLV 2B31-F031A is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
: 4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated.
Operator confirms ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated
: 5. Visually Confirm the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable.
Operator confirms the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable by observing temperatures on 2B31
-R601 at Panel 2H11
-P614. NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable.
 
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the 2B31
-R601 recorder, INFORM the applicant that all temperatures are acceptable.
  **6. DEPRESS the ASD A START pushbutton.
Operator depresses ASD A START PUSH BUTTON
. 7. Confirm the following:
Operator confirms the following:
The ASD A STARTING light illuminates The ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
The ASD A START light extinguishes.
The ASD A START light extinguishes.
2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
The ASD A speed increases to ~370 RPM on 2B31
-R660A and ~22% on 2B31
-R661A in about 4 seconds.
The ASD A speed increases to
~370 RPM on 2B31
-R660A and ~22% on 2B31
-R661A in about 4 seconds.
The ASD A RUNNING light
 
illuminates. The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates.
The ASD A STARTING light  The ASD A STARTING light
 
CR-SIM 1 2015
-301 Page 9 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
   (** Indicates critical step) extinguishes.
extinguishes.
2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN
<96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000
- 13,000 GPM on 2B31
-R617. Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 - 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. Acknowledge expected alarms Acknowledges expected alarm 602-227, "Recirc Loop B Out Of Service" PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Attachment 5, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete Attachment 5.
NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.)
: 8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5.
Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed.
NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH start
: s. Simulator Operator Confirm Event Trigger EGB31-1 ACTIVATES when the green light extinguishes on 2B31-F031A. NOTE: The following cooling fault automatically occurs based on 2B31
-F031A being full open.  **9. Respond to annunciators:
602-125 "ASD A Cooling Trouble" 602-126 "ASD A Cooling Fault" 602-102 ASD A FATAL FAULT Operator places the ASD A control switch to the STOP position OR DEPRESSES the ASD A Shutdown pushbutton within 5 minutes of receiving the alarms.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
 
CR-SIM 1 2015
-301 Page 10 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 17  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 2 (ALL) Title  LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Time 18.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 17  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 2 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 07/31/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 06/04/91 Procedure revision JEM DHG 03 08/26/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 08/01/96 General revision, format change, change simulator setup, word processor change RAB DHG 05 01/18/99 Revised malfunction numbers due to new simulator computer.
SCB DHG 06 02/03/00 Format modification, modify title, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 07 10/31/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 08 01/03/02 Minor correction (shift from PEO to SO)
RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB 10 02/24/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC #131 for Simulator Setup, added 1E11
-F028A(B) and 2E11
-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 JPM's due to valves listed in procedure.
BEB DHG 11 05/31/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 12 04/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 12.1  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-06.11 (New Media Number) after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 17  Line Contributors


INITIATING CUES:  Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System, Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1.10. 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
Rev. No. List of Contributors
START TIME:__________  NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11-P601.
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10,  1. Operator obtains procedure and reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations. Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-001-2 and reviewed the precautions and limitations. NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47). 2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 inches. At panel 2H11-P603, the Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated).
PROMPT: IF addressed by the Operator, INFORM the Operator that Attachment 5 was complete and acceptable within the last 15 minutes. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 8 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Discharge Valve, 2B31-F031A. Operator confirms PUMP DISCH VLV 2B31-F031A is CLOSED, green light illuminated. 4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated. Operator confirms ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated  5. Visually Confirm the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable. Operator confirms the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable by observing temperatures on 2B31-R601 at Panel 2H11-P614. NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable.
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the 2B31-R601 recorder, INFORM the applicant that all temperatures are acceptable.  **6. DEPRESS the ASD A START pushbutton. Operator depresses ASD A START PUSH BUTTON. 7. Confirm the following: Operator confirms the following:    The ASD A STARTING light illuminates  The ASD A STARTING light illuminates. The ASD A START light extinguishes. The ASD A START light extinguishes. 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates. 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates. The ASD A speed increases to ~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A and ~22% on 2B31-R661A in about 4 seconds. The ASD A speed increases to
~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A and ~22% on 2B31-R661A in about 4 seconds. The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates. The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates. The ASD A STARTING light  The ASD A STARTING light CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 9 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  extinguishes. extinguishes. 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates. 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN
<96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates. Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 - 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 - 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. Acknowledge expected alarms  Acknowledges expected alarm 602-227, "Recirc Loop B Out Of Service"  PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Attachment 5, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete Attachment 5. NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.)  8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5. Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed. NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH starts. Simulator Operator  Confirm Event Trigger EGB31-1 ACTIVATES when the green light extinguishes on 2B31-F031A. NOTE: The following cooling fault automatically occurs based on 2B31-F031A being full open.  **9. Respond to annunciators:  602-125 "ASD A Cooling Trouble"  602-126 "ASD A Cooling Fault"  602-102 ASD A FATAL FAULT Operator places the ASD A control switch to the STOP position OR DEPRESSES the ASD A Shutdown pushbutton within 5 minutes of receiving the alarms.
END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 10 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here. 


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 2 (ALL) Title LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM Author:   Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Time 18.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date   
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 4 of 17   UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (XTASK TITLE:
LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 TASK STANDARD:
This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO
-EOP-106. TASK NUMBER:
006.011  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
006.011.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 17  Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 2 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 07/31/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 06/04/91 Procedure revision JEM DHG 03 08/26/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 08/01/96 General revision, format change, change simulator setup, word processor change RAB DHG 05 01/18/99 Revised malfunction numbers due to new simulator computer. SCB DHG 06 02/03/00 Format modification, modify title, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 07 10/31/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 08 01/03/02 Minor correction (shift from PEO to SO) RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB 10 02/24/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC #131 for Simulator Setup, added 1E11-F028A(B) and 2E11-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 JPM's due to valves listed in procedure. BEB DHG 11 05/31/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 12 04/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 12.1  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-06.11 (New Media Number) after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 17  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
295031EA101


Rev. No. List of Contributors CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 17    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM  JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 2 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO-EOP-106. TASK NUMBER: 006.011  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 006.011.O  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295031EA101 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
:
RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)  GENERAL  
RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-1 (current version) EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-2 (current version) EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) EOP Graph Book 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) EOP Graph Book APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:   18.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 5 of 17  SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #131 or SNAP 612 and leave in FREEZE. 2. ACTIVATE THE FOLLOWING EVENT TRIGGERS: Trigger # DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-?             
 
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME               
Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-1 (current version)
: 4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY                   
EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-2 (current version)
: 5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 17  6. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES: TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0 - 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0 - 200) 200 0  7. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009. B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor. C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS. D. Acknowledge all annunciators. 8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift.
EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit)
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 20 Minutes  
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) EOP Graph Book 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version)
EOP Graph Book APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
18.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 5 of 17  SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #131 or SNAP 612 and leave in FREEZE. 2. ACTIVATE THE FOLLOWING EVENT TRIGGERS:
Trigger #
DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-?             
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME               
: 4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY                   
: 5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 6 of 17  6. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0  
- 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0  
- 200) 200 0  7. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11
-F008 and 2E11
-F009. B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor.
C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS.
D. Acknowledge all annunciators.
: 8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift.
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
: 20 Minutes


UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed. 2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication. 3. 31EO-EOP-016-2, (CP-2), is in progress.   
: 1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed.
: 2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication.
: 3. 31EO-EOP-016-2, (CP-2), is in progress.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Lower RWL with Loop "B," of RHR System using 31EO-EOP-106-2. 
 
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 8 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
   (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform Steps 1 - 18. If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2D, perform Steps 19 - 35. PROMPT: IF the operator addresses which RHR loop is to be used, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the RHR Loop B should be used.
: 1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B
pumps. At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 9 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 2. Confirm/Close the following valves:
2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:
TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,
 
2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11
-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV,  TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de
-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11
-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
 
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN.  **3. Reset valve isolations.
GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in
 
GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11
-P601 Panel 2H11
-P602  NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11
-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will not open.


INITIATING CUESLower RWL with Loop "B," of RHR System using 31EO-EOP-106-2.
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 10 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **4. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E1 1-F008. At panel 2H11
-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11
-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **5. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11
-F009. At panel 2H11
-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11
-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated.
: 6. Confirm open:
2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated:
HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B **7. Open valve 2E11
-F006B. At panel 2H11
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.
  **8. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open.
At panel 2H11
-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV
,
2E11-F028B, is OPEN. 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11
-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77
-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 rfE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.


CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 8 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:__________   NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform  Steps 1 - 18. If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2D, perform Steps 19 - 35. PROMPT: IF the operator addresses which RHR loop is to be used, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the RHR Loop B should be used. 1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B pumps. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step) 2. Confirm/Close the following valves: 2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: TORUS SUCTION VLV,  2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV,  2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV,  TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV,  1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV,  2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable. PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
CR-SIM 2 2015
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN.  **3. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602  NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and  2E11-F009 valves will not open.
-301 Page 11 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **4. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated.  **5. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009. At panel 2H11-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated. 6. Confirm open: 2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated: HX OUTLET VLV,  2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV,  2E11-F047B  **7. Open valve 2E11-F006B. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated. NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.  **8. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open. At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN. 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 rfE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of  2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.
   (** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 11 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  10. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed. Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure. 11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated. NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor.  (EITHER is acceptable) 12. May confirm Open the following:
: 10. Confirm open 2E11
-F028B. At panel 2H11
-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11
-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11
-C002B or D switch selected is failed.
Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.
: 11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11
-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated.
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor.  
  (EITHER is acceptable)
: 12. May confirm Open the following:
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 4, 5, & 6.
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 4, 5, & 6.
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 12 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 13. Confirm/close the following valves: 2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010  **14. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. **15. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated. **16. Open/throttle open valve 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated. PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down. **17. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
 
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 13 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **18. Stop RHR pump 2E11-C002D. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated. NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM.
CR-SIM 2 2015
: 19. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B pumps. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D) are stopped, green light illuminated. 20. Confirm/close the following valves: 2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017(B) RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010  NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable. PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
-301 Page 12 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 14 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN.  **21. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602  NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will NOT open.  **22. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated. **23. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009. At panel 2H11-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated. 24. Confirm open: 2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated: HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B  **25. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics. **26. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open. At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN.
  (** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 15 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **27. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed. 28. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed. Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure. 29. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated. NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor.  (EITHER is acceptable) 30. May confirm Open the following:
: 13. Confirm/close the following valves: 2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:
TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,  
 
2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11
-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010  **14. Open valve 2E11
-F006D. At panel 2H11
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **15. Start RHR pump 2D.
At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002D is running, red light illuminated.
  **16. Open/throttle open valve 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11
-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV,  
 
2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.
  **17. Close 2E11
-F024B. At panel 2H11
-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
 
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 13 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **18. Stop RHR pump 2E11-C002D. At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated.
NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM.
: 19. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B pumps. At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002B and D) are stopped, green light illuminated.
: 20. Confirm/close the following valves:
2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:
TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017(B) RHRSW VLV, 2E11
-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010  NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de
-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11
-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
 
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 14 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN.  **21. Reset valve isolations.
GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11
-P601 Panel 2H11
-P602  NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11
-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will NOT open.  **22. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11
-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11
-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **23. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11
-F009. At panel 2H11
-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11
-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated.
: 24. Confirm open:
2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11
-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated:
HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B  **25. Open valve 2E11
-F006D. At panel 2H11
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.
  **26. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open.
At panel 2H11
-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV
,
2E11-F028B, is OPEN.
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 15 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **27. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11
-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77
-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.
: 28. Confirm open 2E11
-F028B. At panel 2H11
-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11
-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11
-C002B or D switch selected is failed.
Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.
: 29. Start RHR pump 2D.
At panel 2H11
-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated.
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor.  (EITHER is acceptable)
: 30. May confirm Open the following:
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 22, 23, & 24.
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 22, 23, & 24.
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 16 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  31. Confirm/close the following valves: 2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: TORUS SUCTION VLV,  2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV,  2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV,  TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV,  1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV,  2E11-F010  **32. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.  **33. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated.  **33. Open/throttle open valve  2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated. PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.  **34. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 17 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **35. Stop RHR pump  2E11-C002B. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated. PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the  2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve. PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time.      END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11  Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 3 (ALL) Title  ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM Author:  Anthony Ball  Media Number:  CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Time 20.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 3 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 07/05/96 Initial development RAB SMC 01 03/05/99 Revised due to new simulator computer. SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed required oil temperature for Step 33 RAB DHG 04 01/03/02 Procedure changes RLS DHG 05 03/11/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 03/08/05 Changed RO to NPO, added statement ensuring the procedure is the current version, changed procedure designations from -2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108. ELJ RAB 07 06/13/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 8.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
CR-SIM 2 2015
Rev. No. List of Contributors              
-301 Page 16 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 31. Confirm/close the following valves
: 2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:
TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,
 
2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11
-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010  **32. Open valve 2E11
-F006D. At panel 2H11
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV
,
2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **33. Start RHR pump 2B.
At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002D is running, red light illuminated.
  **33. Open/throttle open valve 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11
-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV,
 
2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.
  **34. Close 2E11
-F024B. At panel 2H11
-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
 
CR-SIM 2 2015
-301 Page 17 of 17  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **35. Stop RHR pump 2E11-C002B. At panel 2H11
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11
-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the 2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 3 (ALL) Title  ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Time 20.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 3 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 07/05/96 Initial development RAB SMC 01 03/05/99 Revised due to new simulator computer.
SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed required oil temperature for Step 33 RAB DHG 04 01/03/02 Procedure changes RLS DHG 05 03/11/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 03/08/05 Changed RO to NPO, added statement ensuring the procedure is the current version, changed procedure designations from  
-2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108. ELJ RAB 07 06/13/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 8.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009
-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR
-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11  Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
 
Rev. No. List of Contributors
 
CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 4 of 11    UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 3 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the Main Turbine has been rolled from 800 to 1800 rpm per 34SO
-N30-001-2. TASK NUMBER:
017.015  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
017.015.A PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
 
NPO 2.25 SRO 2.83 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
245000A4.06
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
NPO 2.7 SRO 2.6 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)


CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 11    UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM  JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 3 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Main Turbine has been rolled from 800 to 1800 rpm per 34SO-N30-001-2. TASK NUMBER: 017.015  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 017.015.A  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
NPO 2.25 SRO 2.83 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 245000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
NPO 2.7 SRO 2.6 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-2  (current version) 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2  34SO-N30-001-2  (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    20.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 5 of 11  SIMULATOR SETUP  Simulator Initial Conditions:  1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN. 
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:  OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1  MOTOR SUCT PMP  ON 1 loN34-C003R2  MOTOR SUCT PMP  OFF 1 loN34-C005G1  TURN GEAR OIL PMP  ON 1 loN34-C005R2  TURN GEAR OIL PMP  OFF 1 
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION:  MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail  9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2 
: 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory). SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGN34-01.scn EGN34-01.et ;TG Oil Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C005.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34-C005G1; DOR loN34-C005R2; EGN34-02.scn EGN34-02.et ;Motor Suction Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C003.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34-C003G1; DOR loN34-C003R2;  5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGN34-01 and EGN34-02. 
: 6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F. 
: 7. START Motor Suction Pump. NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running. 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST.
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 11  9. AFTER Turbine is at 800 RPM select Acceleration MED. 10. SELECT the EX2100 screen and place "Regulator Control" in "Auto". 11. SELECT the "Control" "Speed" screen (the normal Turbine Speed/Acceleration Screen). 12. WITH the Turbine at 800 RPM, PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 13. Markup 34SO-N30-001-2 up to, but not including, step 7.1.5.41. Ensure proper marking techniques are used for completed steps. 
: 14. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes 


UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 2  34GO-OPS-001-2  (current version) 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 2  34SO-N30-001-2  (current version)
 
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
20.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 5 of 11  SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN. 
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1  MOTOR SUCT PMP ON 1 loN34-C003R2  MOTOR SUCT PMP OFF 1 loN34-C005G1  TURN GEAR OIL PMP ON 1 loN34-C005R2  TURN GEAR OIL PMP OFF 1 
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION:
MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail 9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2 
: 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).
SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGN34-01.scn EGN34-01.et ;TG Oil Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C005.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34-C005G1; DOR loN34
-C005R2; EGN34-02.scn EGN34-02.et ;Motor Suction Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C003.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34
-C003G1; DOR loN34
-C003R2;  5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGN34-01 and EGN34-02. 
: 6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F.
: 7. START Motor Suction Pump.
NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running. 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST.
CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 6 of 11  9. AFTER Turbine is at 800 RPM select Acceleration MED. 10. SELECT the EX2100 screen and place "Regulator Control" in "Auto".
: 11. SELECT the "Control" "Speed" screen (the normal Turbine Speed/Acceleration Screen).
: 12. WITH the Turbine at 800 RPM, PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 13. Markup 34SO
-N30-001-2 up to, but not including, step 7.1.5.41. Ensure proper marking techniques are used for completed steps.
: 14. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
: 15 Minutes
 
UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A plant startup is in progress.
: 2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL
: 3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures.
: 4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently.
: 5. 34SO-N30-001-2, "Main Turbine Operations," is complete up to Step 7.1.5.40
: 6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or 1500 rpm.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5.4 3 
 
CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 8 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
 
START TIME:__________
NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11
-P650 unless otherwise indicated.
: 1. Operator obtains the procedure needed to perform the task Operator has obtained 34SO-N30-001-2 and refers to section 7.1.5.40 and then to
 
7.1.5.43. PROMPT: IF the operator asks about selection of an acceleration rate, THEN inform him to select MED. 
**2. SELECT Speed of 1800 RPM.
SELECT Speed Cmd RPM 
 
**Rated (1800)**
: 3. Once 900 rpm is reached STOP the Shaft Lift Pumps.
Operator, at 900 rpm, stops the Shaft Lift Pumps by placing the control switch in OFF PULL TO LOCK. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 9 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
PROMPT: it is desired to maintain the regulator in MANUAL and pr event autostart of the EX 2100 , THEN inform him to select MED.
  **4. SELECT **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen.
Operator selects **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen. 5. At 1000 rpm,  select Acceleration RPM/min  Fast (180)
Operator, at 1000 RPM,  selects Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180)
: 6. At 1200 rpm, SELECT Speed Control, Acceleration rpm/min desired rate:
Med (90) OR Fast (180).
Operator leaves Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min selected to Fast (180
). PROMPT: IF Operator inquires as to desired acceleration rate at 1200 rpm, THEN inform the operator that FAST (180) is the correct rate.
: 7. OBSERVE Turbine Speed increase and levels at approximately 1800 rpm Operator observes Turbine Speed increase and stabilize at approximately 1800 rpm on the DEHC screen.
: 8. CONFIRM annunciator 650
-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear.
Operator confirms annunciator
 
650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear.
NOTE: May receive TURB SHAFT PUMP DISCH PRESS LOW, 651
-104, alarm as the Main Turbine increases speed. It is acceptable AFTER the operator reviews the ARP to continue with the Main Turbine startup, if asked
. 9. CONFIRM Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210
 
and 250 PSIG Operator confirms Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210 and 250 PSIG on the
 
screen. 10. Stop 2N34
-C003, Motor Suction Pump Operator stops 2N34
-C003, Motor Suction Pump by placing its control switch to OFF.
: 11. PLACE 2N34
-C003 in the AUTO START position Operator places control switch for 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 10 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 12. STOP 2N34
-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump Operator stops 2N34
-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump by placing its control switch to
 
OFF. 13. PLACE 2N34
-C005 in the AUTO START position.
Operator places control switch for 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position.
: 14. CONFIRM 2N39
-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position.
Operator confirms the control switch for 2N39
-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position.
: 15. PLACE the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position.
Operator places the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position.
: 16. CONFIRM 2P41
-R610, Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp, is between 110&deg;F and
 
120&deg;F Operator confirms on 2P41
-R610, that Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp is between 110&deg;F and 120&deg;F
. THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:
Simulator Instructor NOTE: FIRST: Ensure oil pumps have been manually turned off by the operator, INCLUDING the lift pumps being OFF and Placed in AUTO, then ACTIVATE overrides (RB 1)/Event Triggers for the lube oil pumps are already activated.
SECOND: ACTIVATE Quill Shaft Failure malfunction (RB 2)  17. Respond to Quill Shaft Failure annunciator.
Operator refers to annunciator procedure 650
-152 for Quill Shaft Failure. 18. Confirm Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig.
Operator observes that Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig as indicated by 2N34
-R601C.  **19. Start TGOP.
Operator starts the TGOP by placing its control switch to RUN.
 
CR-SIM 3 2015
-301 Page 11 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO
-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, "No more than two shaft lift pumps may be OFF WHEN turbine speed is < 900 RPM.  **20. Start MSP.
Operator starts the MSP by placing it's control switch to RUN  21. If Turbine Trips, enter 34SO
-N30-001-2. Operator refers to 34SO
-N30-001-2. PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO
-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered
 
34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 4 (ALL) Title  PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Time 10.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   


INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Shee t NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9  2 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 4 2015
: 1. A plant startup is in progress. 2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL 3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures. 4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently. 5. 34SO-N30-001-2, "Main Turbine Operations," is complete up to  Step 7.1.5.40 6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or  1500 rpm. 
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 4 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-05.15-01 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Shee t NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9  3 Line Contributors


INITIATING CUES:  Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5.43 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
Rev. No. List of Contributors
START TIME:__________  NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11-P650 unless otherwise indicated. 
: 1. Operator obtains the procedure needed to perform the task Operator has obtained  34SO-N30-001-2 and refers to section 7.1.5.40 and then to 7.1.5.43. PROMPT: IF the operator asks about selection of an acceleration rate, THEN inform him to select MED. 
**2. SELECT Speed of 1800 RPM. SELECT Speed Cmd RPM 
**Rated (1800)**  3. Once 900 rpm is reached STOP the Shaft Lift Pumps. Operator, at 900 rpm, stops the Shaft Lift Pumps by placing the control switch in OFF PULL TO LOCK. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 9 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  PROMPT: it is desired to maintain the regulator in MANUAL and prevent autostart of the EX 2100 , THEN inform him to select MED.  **4. SELECT **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen. Operator selects **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen. 5. At 1000 rpm,  select Acceleration RPM/min  Fast (180)  Operator, at 1000 RPM,  selects Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180)  6. At 1200 rpm, SELECT Speed Control, Acceleration rpm/min desired rate:
Med (90) OR Fast (180). Operator leaves Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min selected to Fast (180). PROMPT: IF Operator inquires as to desired acceleration rate at 1200 rpm, THEN inform the operator that FAST (180) is the correct rate. 7. OBSERVE Turbine Speed increase and levels at approximately 1800 rpm Operator observes Turbine Speed increase and stabilize at approximately 1800 rpm on the DEHC screen. 8. CONFIRM annunciator 650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear. Operator confirms annunciator 650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear. NOTE: May receive TURB SHAFT PUMP DISCH PRESS LOW, 651-104, alarm as the Main Turbine increases speed. It is acceptable AFTER the operator reviews the ARP to continue with the Main Turbine startup, if asked. 9. CONFIRM Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210 and 250 PSIG Operator confirms Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210 and 250 PSIG on the


screen. 10. Stop 2N34-C003, Motor Suction Pump Operator stops 2N34-C003, Motor Suction Pump by placing its control switch to OFF. 11. PLACE 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position Operator places control switch for 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 11  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step12. STOP 2N34-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump Operator stops 2N34-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump by placing its control switch to OFF. 13. PLACE 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position. Operator places control switch for 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position. 14. CONFIRM 2N39-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position. Operator confirms the control switch for 2N39-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position. 15. PLACE the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position. Operator places the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position. 16. CONFIRM 2P41-R610, Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp, is between 110&deg;F and 120&deg;F Operator confirms on 2P41-R610, that Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp is between 110&deg;F and 120&deg;F. THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE: Simulator Instructor NOTE: FIRST: Ensure oil pumps have been manually turned off by the operator, INCLUDING the lift pumps being OFF and Placed in AUTO, then ACTIVATE overrides (RB 1)/Event Triggers for the lube oil pumps are already activated. SECOND: ACTIVATE Quill Shaft Failure malfunction (RB 2)  17. Respond to Quill Shaft Failure annunciator. Operator refers to annunciator procedure 650-152 for Quill Shaft Failure. 18. Confirm Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig. Operator observes that Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig as indicated by 2N34-R601C.  **19. Start TGOP. Operator starts the TGOP by placing its control switch to RUN.
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 4 of 9    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (XTASK TITLE:
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, "No more than two shaft lift pumps may be OFF WHEN turbine speed is < 900 RPM.  **20. Start MSP. Operator starts the MSP by placing it's control switch to RUN  21. If Turbine Trips, enter 34SO-N30-001-2. Operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2. PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip. END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered 34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE JPM NUMBER:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 4 (ALL) Title PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
CR-SIM 4 2015-301  TASK STANDARD:
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Time 10.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   
The task will be met when HPCI has been placed in pressure control mode.
TASK NUMBER:
005.015  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
005.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.8 SRO 3.8 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
206000A4.06


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9  2  Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 4 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 4 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-05.15-01 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9  3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 4.3 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)


Rev. No. List of Contributors CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 4 of 9    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE  JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 4 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task will be met when HPCI has been placed in pressure control mode. TASK NUMBER: 005.015  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 005.015.A  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:  RO 3.8 SRO 3.8 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 206000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.3 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  31EO-EOP-107-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2  31EO-EOP-107-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 5 of 9  5 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:  1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE. 
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:  MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE     
: 3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO):  SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE     
: 4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:  REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE   
: 5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:  TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME RFE41_153  HPCI TORUS SUCTION BYPASS OVRD 0000 
: 6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:  A. From 100% power insert a manual scram. B. Perform RC-1 and RC-2. C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level. D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present. E. RESET Scram. 7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 
: 8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment:  MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE   
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR 


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 2  31EO-EOP-107-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
: 1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak 2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level. 3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2.   
Unit 2  31EO-EOP-107-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 5 of 9  5 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
: 1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE. 
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE     
: 3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO):
SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE     
: 4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE   
: 5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME RFE41_153 HPCI TORUS SUCTION BYPASS OVRD 0000 
: 6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. From 100% power insert a manual scram.
B. Perform RC
-1 and RC-2. C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level.
D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present.
E. RESET Scram.
: 7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
: 8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment:
MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE   
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
: 15 UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak
: 2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level.
: 3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over
-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2.   
 
INITIATING CUES:
Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO
-EOP-107-2, "ALTERNATE RPV PRESSURE CONTROL" and control reactor pressure between 500 and 800 psig.
 
CR-SIM 4 2015
-301 Page 7 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, THEN do NOT perform this section.
Confirm a HPCI initiation signal does not exist by verifying the HPCI auto initiation light is not illuminated On 2H11
-P601. 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and the isolation signal has cleared, THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation Signal A (B) switches to RESET.
OR IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection.
Confirm a HPCI isolation does not exist by verifying the HPCI isolation alarms are not illuminated and that 2E41
-F002 and 2E41-F003 are open, red lights illuminated On 2H11
-P601  3. To maintian HPCI suction source aligned to the CST, override the HPCI high torus level suction swap per 31EO-EOP-100-2, section 3.5.
Student is informed in the turnover that this function has been overridden.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 4 2015
-301 Page 8 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
: 4. Confirm OPEN/
2E41-F029, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F003, Outbd Steam Isol 2E41-F028, Steam Line Drain Verify the red light is illuminated for the following valves; 2E41-F029, panel 2H11
-P601 2E41-F003, panel 2H11
-P601 2E41-F028, panel 2H11-P602. 5. Confirm OPEN 2E41
-F002, Inboard Steam Isolation Valve.
On 2H11-P601, verify 2E41
-F002 is open, red light illuminated.
  **6. OPEN 2E41
-F059, Lube Oil Cooling Wtr Valve.
On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch 2E41
-F059 to open, red light illuminates.
: 7. START HPCI Vacuum Pump.
On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI vacuum pump to start.
: 8. Confirm CLOSED 2E41
-F006, Pump Discharge Valve.
On 2H11-P601, the operator verifies 2E41
-F006 is closed, green light illuminated.  **9. OPEN 2E41
-F008, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41
-F008 to the open position, red light illuminates.
  **10. OPEN 2E41
-F011, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41
-F011 to the open position, red light illuminates.
  **11. OPEN 2E41
-F001, Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41
-F001 to the open position, red light illuminates.
NOTE: If the Aux Oil Pump is not started until after the 2E41-F001 is full open the following annunciators will be received:
601-103, HPCI TURBINE TRIP.
601-112, HPCI TURBINE BRG OIL PRESS LOW.
601-231, HPCI PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW.
  **12. START the HPCI Auxiliary Oil Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI Auxiliary Pump to start position, red light illuminates.
 
CR-SIM 4 2015
-301 Page 9 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  **13. Control HPCI turbine speed/system flow, and IF necessary throttle 2E41
-F008, Test to CST Vlv, to control Reactor pressure.
On 2H11-P601, the operator adjust HPCI flow controller 2E41-R612 and/or throttles 2E41
-F008 to control reactor pressure.
 
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig.
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.


INITIATING CUES:  Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO-EOP-107-2, "ALTERNATE RPV PRESSURE CONTROL" and control reactor pressure between 500 and 800 psig.   
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 5 (ALL) Title  INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH Author:   Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Time 12.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   


CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 7 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.     (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:__________  1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, THEN do NOT perform this section. Confirm a HPCI initiation signal does not exist by verifying the HPCI auto initiation light is not illuminated On 2H11-P601. 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and the isolation signal has cleared, THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation Signal A (B) switches to RESET. OR IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection. Confirm a HPCI isolation does not exist by verifying the HPCI isolation alarms are not illuminated and that 2E41-F002 and 2E41-F003 are open, red lights illuminated On 2H11-P601  3. To maintian HPCI suction source aligned to the CST, override the HPCI high torus level suction swap per 31EO-EOP-100-2, section 3.5. Student is informed in the turnover that this function has been overridden. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 8 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  4. Confirm OPEN/ 2E41-F029, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F003, Outbd Steam Isol 2E41-F028, Steam Line Drain  Verify the red light is illuminated for the following valves; 2E41-F029, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F003, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F028, panel 2H11-P602. 5. Confirm OPEN 2E41-F002, Inboard Steam Isolation Valve. On 2H11-P601, verify 2E41-F002 is open, red light illuminated.  **6. OPEN 2E41-F059, Lube Oil Cooling Wtr Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch 2E41-F059 to open, red light illuminates. 7. START HPCI Vacuum Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI vacuum pump to start. 8. Confirm CLOSED 2E41-F006, Pump Discharge Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator verifies 2E41-F006 is closed, green light illuminated. **9. OPEN 2E41-F008, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41-F008 to the open position, red light illuminates**10. OPEN 2E41-F011, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41-F011 to the open position, red light illuminates.  **11. OPEN 2E41-F001, Turbine Steam Supply Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41-F001 to the open position, red light illuminates. NOTE: If the Aux Oil Pump is not started until after the 2E41-F001 is full open the following annunciators will be received:  601-103, HPCI TURBINE TRIP. 601-112, HPCI TURBINE BRG OIL PRESS LOW. 601-231, HPCI PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW. **12. START the HPCI Auxiliary Oil Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI Auxiliary Pump to start position, red light illuminates.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12  2  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 5 2015
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 9 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)   **13. Control HPCI turbine speed/system flow, and IF necessary throttle 2E41-F008, Test to CST Vlv, to control Reactor pressure. On 2H11-P601, the operator adjust HPCI flow controller 2E41-R612 and/or throttles 2E41-F008 to control reactor pressure.
-301   Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 08/01/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 05/24/91 General/procedure revision JLA DHG 03 08/18/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 06/23/93 Task change, rename, procedure change, word processor change RAB RSG 05 12/02/93 Change initiating cue to a command, change valve naming to match the plant RAB SMC 06 06/17/96 Format change, modify time allowance RAB RSG 07 02/04/00 Format modification, title change, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 08 11/02/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 09 01/03/02 Change Unit 2 control pressure to 56 psig.
END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig. With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. 
RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to match procedure.
CLN/ADY ALD 14.1 08/02/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure.
Changed prompt for Unit 1 to "pressure is 5 4 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting.
Changed prompt for Unit 2 to "pressure is 56 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting.
MMG ALS 14.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5, removed Unit 1 section and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ALL will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12   3 Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 5 (ALL) Title  INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Time 12.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12   Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 5 2015-301   Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 08/01/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 05/24/91 General/procedure revision JLA DHG 03 08/18/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 06/23/93 Task change, rename, procedure change, word processor change RAB RSG 05 12/02/93 Change initiating cue to a command, change valve naming to match the plant RAB SMC 06 06/17/96 Format change, modify time allowance RAB RSG 07 02/04/00 Format modification, title change, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 08 11/02/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 09 01/03/02 Change Unit 2 control pressure to 56 psig. RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to match procedure. CLN/ADY ALD 14.1 08/02/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Changed prompt for Unit 1 to "pressure is 54 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting. Changed prompt for Unit 2 to "pressure is 56 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting. MMG ALS 14.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5, removed Unit 1 section and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ALL will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12  3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 4 of 12   UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE
: INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 TASK STANDARD:
This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO
-EOP-101. TASK NUMBER:
013.053 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
013.053.O PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
223001A207


Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 4 of 12    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH  JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 5 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO-EOP-101. TASK NUMBER: 013.053  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 013.053.O  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:  RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A207 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)  GENERAL  
:
RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NP O)  GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-T48-002-1 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-012-1 34SO-T48-002-2 31EO-EOP-101-2 31EO-EOP-012-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-101-1 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver 31EO-EOP-101-2 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    12.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 5 of 12  SIMULATOR SETUP  Simulator Initial Conditions:    1. RESET the Simulator to 100% RTP IC or SNAP 615 and leave in FREEZE. 2. INSERT the following Event Triggers:  ET # Description EGT48-2 Modifies & increases Containment pressures when CAD B started and inserts EGT48-3 EGT48-3 Modifies & decreases Containment pressures when F082 is opened 
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:  Activator TAG # S/M/L DESCRIPTION Final Value Ramp Rate Delay ST-0 aoB21-R623AP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys A - Rx Press 15 100  ST-0 aoB21-R623BP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys B - Rx Press 15 100  ST-0 aoT48-R601AP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R601BP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R607AP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100  ST-0 aoT48-R607BP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100  ST-0 aoT48-R608P1 M DW Press Abnormal 58 100  ST-0 aoT48-R608P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 56 100  ST-0 aoT48-R609P1 M DW Press Abnormal 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R609P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 49 100  ST-0 aoT48-R631A M DW Press  51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R631B M DW Press  51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R632A M Torus Press 49 100  ST-0 aoT48-R632B M Torus Press  49 100 CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 6 of 12  3. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:  REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE  4. INSERT the following Malfunctions:  Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE DELAY ST-0 mfB21_123A MSL A Break (before restrictor) 0.15 1000 0000  5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:  A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3  B. Start SBGT System "2A" with suction from the Reactor Building. C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve. D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves. E. Maintain RWL around "0" inches with Condensate. F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS. G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators. 6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301-615   


UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR  
Unit 1 Unit 34SO-T48-002-1 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-012-1 34SO-T48-002-2 31EO-EOP-101-2 31EO-EOP-012-2  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 Unit 2  31EO-EOP-101-1 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver 31EO-EOP-101-2 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
: 1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure. 2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress. 3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor. 4. Normal AC Power has just been restored. 5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly. 6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used.  
12.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 5 of 12  SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: 
: 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% RTP IC or SNAP 615 and leave in FREEZE. 2. INSERT the following Event Trigger s:  ET # Description EGT48-2 Modifies & increases Containment pressures when CAD B started and inserts EGT48-3 EGT48-3 Modifies & decreases Containment pressures when F082 is opene d 
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
Activator TAG # S/M/L DESCRIPTION Final Value Ramp Rate Delay ST-0 aoB21-R623AP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys A
- Rx Press 15 100  ST-0 aoB21-R623BP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys B
- Rx Press 15 100  ST-0 aoT48-R601AP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R601BP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R607AP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100  ST-0 aoT48-R607BP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100  ST-0 aoT48-R608P1 M DW Press Abnormal 58 100  ST-0 aoT48-R608P2 M Torus Press Abnorma l 56 100  ST-0 aoT48-R609P1 M DW Press Abnormal 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R609P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 49 100  ST-0 aoT48-R631A M DW Press 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R631B M DW Press 51 100  ST-0 aoT48-R632A M Torus Press 49 100  ST-0 aoT48-R632B M Torus Press 49 100 CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 6 of 12  3. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE  4. INSERT the following Malfunctions:
Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE DELAY ST-0 mfB21_123A MSL A Break (before restrictor) 0.15 1000 0000  5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3 B. Start SBGT System "2A" with suction from the Reactor Building.
C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve.
D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves.
E. Maintain RWL around "0" inches with Condensate.
F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS.
G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators.
: 6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301-615   
 
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure.
: 2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress.
: 3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor
. 4. Normal AC Power has just been restored.
: 5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly.
: 6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Perform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO
-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting
, Step 3.1.


INITIATING CUESPerform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting, Step 3.1.   
CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
: 1. Operator identifies the materials that are required.
Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them.  **2. Defeat the High Drywell Pressure Isolation signal.
At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:
High Drywell Press, 2T48
-F332B High Drywell Press, 2T48
-F333B  **3. Defeat the Low RPV Level Isolation signal. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:
Low RPV Level, 2T48
-F332B Low RPV Level, 2T48-F333B  IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **4. Defeat the Reactor Building High Radiation Isolation signal.
At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:
Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48
-F332B Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48
-F333B **5. Defeat the Refuel Floor High Radiation Isolation signal.
At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:
Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F332B Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F333B  **6. Open Torus 2" Vent valve, 2T48-F332B. At panel 2H11
-P654:  TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48
-F332B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **7. Open Torus 2" Vent valve, 2T48-F333B. At panel 2H11
-P654:  TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48
-F333B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
  **8. Using Torus Flow Controller, 2T48-R616B, Open Torus Vent Flow Control Valve, 2T48
-F337B. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator Operates 2T48
-R616B, Torus Vent Flow Cntl Vlv 2T48
-F337B,  as required to maintain Suppression Chamber pressure below 56 psig.
: 9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication At panel 2H11
-P657 (P654), Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator.
THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 5 7 psig and slowly increasing.


CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:__________  1. Operator identifies the materials that are required. Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them.   **2. Defeat the High Drywell Pressure Isolation signal. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: High Drywell Press, 2T48-F332B High Drywell Press, 2T48-F333B  **3. Defeat the Low RPV Level Isolation signal. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: Low RPV Level, 2T48-F332B Low RPV Level, 2T48-F333B  IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **4. Defeat the Reactor Building High Radiation Isolation signal. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F332B Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F333B  **5. Defeat the Refuel Floor High Radiation Isolation signal. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F332B Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F333B  **6. Open Torus 2" Vent valve,  2T48-F332B. At panel 2H11-P654:  TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F332B is OPEN, red light illuminated.  **7. Open Torus 2" Vent valve, 2T48-F333B. At panel 2H11-P654:  TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F333B is OPEN, red light illuminated. **8. Using Torus Flow Controller, 2T48-R616B, Open Torus Vent Flow Control Valve, 2T48-F337B. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Operates 2T48-R616B, Torus Vent Flow Cntl Vlv 2T48-F337B, as required to maintain Suppression Chamber pressure below 56 psig. 9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication  At panel 2H11-P657 (P654), Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator. THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:  PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 57 psig and slowly increasing.
CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 10. Operator evaluate s the need to transition to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path.
Operator transitions to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path  PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that another operator is monitoring the NPSH curves for RHR and Core Spray.
PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, INFORM the operator that normal AC power and Non-interruptible air are available.
  **11. Close SBGT Inlet Isolation Valve, 2T48-F081. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator CLOSES 2T48-F081, SBGT INLET ISOL VLV, green light illuminated.
  **12. Close or verify closed SBGT Inlet Isolation Bypass Valve, 2T48
-F083. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator CLOSES or verifies closed 2T48-F083, SBGT INLET ISOL BYP VLV, green light illuminated.  **13. Place 2T46
-D001A, SBGT A Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46
-F002A, SBGT A Filter Discharge closes.
At panel 2H11
-P657, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001A, SBGT A FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002A, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.
  **14. Place 2T46
-D001B, SBGT B Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46
-F002B, SBGT B Filter Discharge closes.
At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001B, SBGT B FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002B, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.


CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  10. Operator evaluates the need to transition to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path. Operator transitions to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path  PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that another operator is monitoring the NPSH curves for RHR and Core Spray. PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, INFORM the operator that normal AC power and Non-interruptible air are available.  **11. Close SBGT Inlet Isolation Valve, 2T48-F081. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator CLOSES 2T48-F081, SBGT INLET ISOL VLV, green light illuminated.  **12. Close or verify closed SBGT Inlet Isolation Bypass Valve, 2T48-F083. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator CLOSES or verifies closed  2T48-F083, SBGT INLET ISOL BYP VLV, green light illuminated.  **13. Place 2T46-D001A, SBGT A Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46-F002A, SBGT A Filter Discharge closes. At panel 2H11-P657, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001A, SBGT A FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002A, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.  **14. Place 2T46-D001B, SBGT B Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46-F002B, SBGT B Filter Discharge closes. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001B, SBGT B FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002B, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.
NOTE: Jumpers were inserted at the beginning of the JPM setup.
NOTE: Jumpers were inserted at the beginning of the JPM setup.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses installing jumpers for valves 2T48-F326 & 2T48-F318, INDICATE for the operator that the jumpers are installed.
 
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) 15. Install jumper from UU-45 to UU-61 in panel 2H11-P601D for valve 2T48-F326. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from UU-45 to UU-61at Panel 2H11-P601D, for valve 2T48-F326. 16. Install jumper from AA-70 to AA-73 in panel 2H11-P602A for valve 2T48-F318. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from AA-70 to AA-73, at Panel 2H11-P602A, for valve 2T48-F318.  **17. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48-F326. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator OPENS 2T48-F326, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated. **18. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48-F318. At panel 2H11-P602, the operator OPENS 2T48-F318, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated. 19. Close or confirm closed Torus Emergency Vent Path Drain Valve,  2T48-F085. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator VERIFIES that 2T48-F085, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT Path DRN VLV, is CLOSED.  **20. Open Torus Emergency Vent Valve, 2T48-F082. At panel 2H11-P654, the operator OPENS 2T48-F082, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT VLV, red light illuminated.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses installing jumpers for valve s 2T48-F326 & 2T48-F318, INDICATE for the operator that the jumpers are installed.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 50 psig and decreasing.
 
CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 15. Install jumper from UU
-45 to UU-61 in panel 2H11
-P601D for valve 2T48-F326. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from UU-45 to UU-61at Panel 2H11
-P601D, for valve 2T48-F326. 16. Install jumper from AA
-70 to AA-73 in panel 2H11
-P602A for valve 2T48-F318. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from AA
-70 to AA-73, at Panel 2H11
-P602A, for valve 2T48-F318.  **17. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48
-F326. At panel 2H11
-P601, the operator OPENS 2T48-F326, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated.
  **18. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48
-F318. At panel 2H11
-P602, the operator OPENS 2T48-F318, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated.
: 19. Close or confirm closed Torus Emergency Vent Path Drain Valve
,  2T48-F085. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator VERIFIES that 2T48
-F085, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT Path DRN VLV, is CLOSED.  **20. Open Torus Emergency Vent Valve, 2T48-F082. At panel 2H11
-P654, the operator OPENS 2T48-F082, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT VLV, red light illuminated.
 
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 5 0 psig and decreasing.
 
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is NOT desired at this time.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is NOT desired at this time.
END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete.
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9  Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 6 (ALL) Title  POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH Author:  Anthony Ball  Media Number:  CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Time 10.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9    Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 6 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 06/01/07 Initial development DHG BKW 01 6/26/07 Modify The Malfunction Numbers DHG RAB 02 10/23/08 Removed critical step requirement from step to lower voltage to 57 Hz; Clarified action required to complete critical task to match procedure step. ADY RSG 02.1 10/09/09 Modified to use for 2009-302 FNF CME 2.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-28.06A-2.2 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9    Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
 
CR-SIM 5 2015
-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 6 (ALL) Title  POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Time 10.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9    Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 6 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 06/01/07 Initial development DHG BKW 01 6/26/07 Modify The Malfunction Numbers DHG RAB 02 10/23/08 Removed critical step requirement from step to lower voltage to 57 Hz; Clarified action required to complete critical task to match procedure step.
ADY RSG 02.1 10/09/09 Modified to use for 2009
-302 FNF CME 2.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR
-JP-28.06A-2.2 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9    Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
 
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Rev. No. List of Contributors               
CR-SIM 6 2015
-301 Page 4 of 9    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 6 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the Operator has powered the 4160 VAC Emergency Bus "2E" successfully from the 2A Emergency Diesel per 34AB
-R43-001-2. TASK NUMBER:
028.006 AND 028.023 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
028.006.C PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:


CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 4 of 9    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH  JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 6 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has powered the 4160 VAC Emergency Bus "2E" successfully from the 2A Emergency Diesel per 34AB-R43-001-2. TASK NUMBER: 028.006 AND 028.023  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 028.006.C  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO) GENERAL  
:
RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 2  34AR-652-102-2 34SO-R43-001-2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current versions)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2  34AB-R43-001-2 (current version)  APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 5 of 9    SIMULATOR SETUP  Simulator Initial Conditions:  1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE. 
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:  MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY DELAY TIME mfR22_182 4KV Bus 2E Fault  1 99999 mfR43_62A DIESEL GEN FAILURE TO Auto START 2A  0000 mfR43_239A DG A Output Brk One Shot Fail to Auto Tie   
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:  MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY ACT. TIME loR43-S251 Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW (note:  this is the System Operative Light) OFF   
: 3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 2 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory). SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGR43-01.scn EGR43-01.et ;DIESEL 2A SHUTDOWN RELAY ACTIVATES SYS OP LIGHT diR43-S57.aivToPanel=1 DOR loR43-S251;  4. ACTIVATE event triggers EGR43-01. 
: 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:  A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1. B. Hold the "A" EDG speed switch to slower for approximately 5 seconds. C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182. 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes 


UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR  
Unit 2 34AR-652-102-2 34SO-R43-001-2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current versions)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 2  34AB-R43-001-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 6 2015
-301 Page 5 of 9    SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
: 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE. 
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY DELAY TIME mfR22_182 4KV Bus 2E Fault  1 99999 mfR43_62A DIESEL GEN FAILURE TO Auto START 2A 0000 mfR43_239A DG A Output Brk One Shot Fail to Auto Tie
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY ACT. TIME loR43-S251 Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW (note:  this is the System Operative Light)
OFF   
: 3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 2 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).
SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGR43-01.scn EGR43-01.et ;DIESEL 2A SHUTDOWN RELAY ACTIVATES SYS OP LIGHT diR43-S57.aivToPanel=1 DOR loR43
-S251;  4. ACTIVATE event triggers EGR43-01.  
: 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1.
B. Hold the "A" EDG speed switch to slower for approximately 5 seconds.
C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182.
: 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
: 10 Minutes


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
: 1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de-energized. 2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start. 3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear. 4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress. 5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus.   
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de
-energized.
: 2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start.
: 3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear.
: 4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress.
: 5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Start the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB
-R43-001-2. 
 
CR-SIM 6 2015
-301 Page 7 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
   (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB
-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator."  The student may select to use the procedure steps from the body of the procedure which is allowable.


INITIATING CUESStart the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB-R43-001-2.   
NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11
-P652.  
: 1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running.
The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished.
: 2. Verify the Auto Start System Operative Light is lit.
The operator determines the Auto Start System Operative Light is NOT lit**3. Depress the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton The operator depresses the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton.


CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 7 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences(AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:__________  NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator."  The student may select to use the procedure steps from the body of the procedure which is allowable.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 6 2015
-301 Page 8 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
NOTE: When the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton is depressed, the Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW WHITE light will illuminate after 110 seconds has passed**4. Place the EDG START/STOP switch to START.
The operator momentarily places the 2A EDG START/STOP switch to start.


NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11-P652. 
NOTE:  This begins the ALTERNATE PATH portion of this JPM.
: 1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running. The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished. 2. Verify the Auto Start System Operative Light is lit. The operator determines the Auto Start System Operative Light is NOT lit.  **3. Depress the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton The operator depresses the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton.
: 5. Verify the EDG has started.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 8 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  NOTE: When the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton is depressed, the Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW WHITE light will illuminate after 110 seconds has passed.  **4. Place the EDG START/STOP switch to START. The operator momentarily places the 2A EDG START/STOP switch to start.
The operator verifies th e "CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative" light extinguishes and the "Red Diesel Start" light illuminates.
NOTE:  This begins the ALTERNATE PATH portion of this JPM.
: 6. Verify the "E" 4160 VAC bus is energized.
: 5. Verify the EDG has started. The operator verifies the "CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative" light extinguishes and the "Red Diesel Start" light illuminates. 6. Verify the "E" 4160 VAC bus is energized. The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "0" VAC and answers procedure step with "NO".  **7. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, lower frequency to 57 Hz. At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to LOWER until frequency is 57 Hz (+ or - 1 hz).  **8. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, raise frequency to 60 Hz. At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to RAISE until frequency is 60 Hz (+ or - 1 hz). (Critical action is EDG output breaker closing) 9. Verify the "E" bus is energized. The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "4160" VAC and answers procedure step with "Yes". PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2.
The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "0" VAC and answers procedure step with "NO".  **7. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, lower frequency to 57 Hz.
At panel 2H11
-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to LOWER until frequency is 57 Hz (+ or  
- 1 hz).  **8. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, raise frequency to 60 Hz.
At panel 2H11
-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to RAISE until frequency is 60 Hz (+ or  
- 1 hz). (Critical action is EDG output breaker closing)
: 9. Verify the "E" bus is energized.
The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "4160" VAC and answers procedure step with "Yes".
PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2.
END TIME:__________
END TIME:__________
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 9 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. 4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59 - 61 Hz. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 7 (ALL) Title  LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Time 20.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 7 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 05/18/09 Initial development FNF CME 0.1  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 7 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
CR-SIM 6 2015
-301 Page 9 of 9  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59
- 61 Hz. Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 7 (ALL) Title  LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Time 20.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Managemen t Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 7 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 05/18/09 Initial development FNF CME 0.1  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 7 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR
-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Managemen t Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12  Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
 
Rev. No. List of Contributors


Rev. No. List of Contributors CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 4 of 12    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 7 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air . TASK NUMBER: H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING: RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295019AK2.08 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 4 of 12    UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
RO  2.8 SRO  2.9 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: RO GENERAL  
LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 7 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air .
TASK NUMBER:
H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
295019AK2.08
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO  2.8 SRO  2.9 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
RO GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 & 2  34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System"  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2  34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" completed through step 4.13.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:  20  Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: See the next sheet.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 5 of 12  SIMULATOR SETUP  Simulator Initial Conditions:  1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN. 
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:  MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME mfP51_222A Service Air Compressor 2A Trip    mfP51_222B Service Air Compressor 2B Trip    mfP51_222C Service Air Compressor 2C Trip    mfP52_191 Instrument Air Leakage    mfC71_59 Spurious Reactor Scram   
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:  OVERIDE # TITLE FINAL VALUE diT46-D001A-1 SBGTS A Fan/Filter AUTO diT46-D001B-1 SBGTS B Fan/Filter AUTO diP52-F565 Rx Bldg Inst. N2 to Noninter. Ser. Vlv. CLOSED  4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files.
Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory). SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGT46-11.scn EGT46-11.et ;SBGT A in RUN doesn't work, B works diT46-D001A-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46-D001B-1; CET EGT46-12; EGT46-12.scn EGT46-12.et ;SBGT B in RUN doesn't work, A works diT46-D001B-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46-D001A-1; CET EGT46-11;  5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGT46-11 and EGT46-12.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 6. Place Rx Mode Switch to Shutdown. 7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT). 8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes) 
: 9. Mark up 34AB-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14. 
: 10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes 


UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System"  REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" completed through step 4.13.
 
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
20  Minutes
 
SIMULATOR  SETUP:
See the next sheet.
 
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 5 of 12  SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN.
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME mfP51_222A Service Air Compressor 2A Trip mfP51_222B Service Air Compressor 2B Trip mfP51_222C Service Air Compressor 2C Trip mfP52_191 Instrument Air Leakage mfC71_59 Spurious Reactor Scram
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES
:  OVERIDE #
TITLE FINAL VALUE diT46-D001A-1 SBGTS A Fan/Filter AUTO diT46-D001B-1 SBGTS B Fan/Filter AUTO diP52-F565 Rx Bldg Inst. N2 to Noninter. Ser. Vlv.
CLOSED  4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
        (NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files.
Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).
SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGT46-11.scn EGT46-11.et ;SBGT A in RUN doesn't work, B works diT46-D001A-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46
-D001B-1; CET EGT46-12; EGT46-12.scn EGT46-12.et ;SBGT B in RUN doesn't work, A works diT46-D001B-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46
-D001A-1; CET EGT46-11;  5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGT46-11 and EGT46-12.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 6. Place Rx Mode Switch to Shutdown.
: 7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT).
: 8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes)
: 9. Mark up 34AB
-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14.
: 10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
: 11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
: 10 Minutes
 
UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted.
: 2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits.
: 3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB
-C71-001-2, "Scram Procedure" is being carried out.
: 4. 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" has been partially completed.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Complete procedure 34AB
-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14.
 
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB
-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13.
START TIME:__________
: 1. The operator starts at the correct step.
Operator refers to 34AB
-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14.
: 2. Determine if Control Air header Pressure is below 45 PSIG AND NOT increasing.
On panel 2H11
-P650, Control Air Pressure, 2P52
-R600, the operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing.
NOTES:  If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3
-9 and skip steps 10
-16  If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10
-16 and skip steps 3
-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11
-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22
-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. 
: 3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.
AND/OR  The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
Open 2T46
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
: 4. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN.
NOTE:  The operator should note that SBGT "A" does not start and continue with SBGT "B" start.
: 5. OPEN 2T46
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR Open 2T46
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
  **6. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN.
: 7. CONFIRM 2T46
-F002B OPENS.
The operator observes 2T46
-F002B red light ILLUMINATED.
 
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
: 8. CONFIRM SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED.
: 9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM.
The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500
-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600. NOTES:  If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3
-9 and skip steps 10
-16  If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10
-16 and skip steps 3
-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11
-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22
-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. 
: 10. OPEN 2T46
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.
AND/OR  The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
Open 2T46
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. 11. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN.
NOTE:  The operator should note that SBGT "B" does not start and continue with SBGT "A" start.
: 12. OPEN 2T46
-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.
AND/OR Open 2T46
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg.
The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
  **13. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN.
: 14. CONFIRM 2T46
-F002A OPENS.
The operator observes 2T46
-F002A red light LLUMINATED.
: 15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED
. 16. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM.
The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500
-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete.
: 17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor Diff pressures are negative.
On panel 2H11
-P700 the operator checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46
-R604B. The dp will be approximately (negative)
-0.25 inches.
NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated).
  **18. TRIP 2U41
-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41
-
C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **19. TRIP 2U41
-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **20. TRIP 2U41
-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41
-
C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **21. TRIP 2U41
-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41
-
C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **22. TRIP 2T41
-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
 
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **23. TRIP 2T41
-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **24. TRIP 2T41
-C007A, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **25. TRIP 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **26. TRIP 2T41
-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **27. TRIP 2T41
-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **28. TRIP 2T41
-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **29. TRIP 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
 
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **30. TRIP 2T41
-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
  **31. TRIP 2T41
-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41
-
C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
: 32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21
-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve. The operator sends an SO to confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21
-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21
-P001. PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB
-P51-001-2.      END TIME:__________
  . NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2. Operator states the task is complete.


INITIAL CONDITIONS: 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 8  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 8 (RO ONLY) Title  PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Time 15.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
: 1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted. 2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits. 3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB-C71-001-2, "Scram Procedure" is being carried out. 4. 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" has been partially completed.  
Date   


INITIATING CUES:  Complete procedure 34AB-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 8  2  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 8 2015
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13. START TIME:__________   1. The operator starts at the correct step. Operator refers to 34AB-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14. 2. Determine if Control Air header Pressure is below 45 PSIG AND NOT increasing. On panel 2H11-P650, Control Air Pressure, 2P52-R600, the operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing. NOTES: If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16  If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. 3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR  The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. 4. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN. NOTE:  The operator should note that SBGT "A" does not start and continue with SBGT "B" start. 5. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.  **6. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN. 7. CONFIRM 2T46-F002B OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002B red light ILLUMINATED.
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial Development based on needs indicated from the PRA analysis.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 9 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  8. CONFIRM SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED. 9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM. The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600. NOTES:  If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16  If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. 10. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR  The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. 11. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN. NOTE:  The operator should note that SBGT "B" does not start and continue with SBGT "A" start. 12. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.  **13. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN. 14. CONFIRM 2T46-F002A OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002A red light LLUMINATED. 15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED. 16. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM. The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618.
SCB DHG 01 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average, update K/As, correct typos RAB DHG 02 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 03 03/19/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 06/25/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 05 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 06 05/19/07 Correct Step 10 to start instead of stop.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete. 17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor Diff pressures are negative. On panel 2H11-P700 the operator checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46-R604B. The dp will be approximately (negative) -0.25 inches. NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated).  **18. TRIP 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **19. TRIP 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **20. TRIP 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **21. TRIP 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **22. TRIP 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
DHG RAB 07 10/14/08 Added 1Z41-B003C to fans secured in step 3 to match procedure.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **23. TRIP 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **24. TRIP 2T41-C007A, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **25. TRIP 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **26. TRIP 2T41-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **27. TRIP 2T41-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **28. TRIP 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan  On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.  **29. TRIP 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
JWP RAB 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **30. TRIP 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated**31. TRIP 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. 32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve. The operator sends an SO to confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21-P001. PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB-P51-001-2.      END TIME:__________  . NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2. Operator states the task is complete.
MMG ALS 7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 8 Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT CR-SIM 8 (RO ONLY) Title  PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE Author:   Anthony Ball  Media Number:  CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Time 15.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   
-Sim 8 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25026-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 8  3 Line Contributors


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 8  2  Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 8 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial Development based on needs indicated from the PRA analysis. SCB DHG 01 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average, update K/As, correct typos RAB DHG 02 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 03 03/19/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 06/25/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 05 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 06 05/19/07 Correct Step 10 to start instead of stop. DHG RAB 07 10/14/08 Added 1Z41-B003C to fans secured in step 3 to match procedure. JWP RAB 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1. MMG ALS 7.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 8 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25026-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 8  3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG               
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG               


CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 4 of 8    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (  )  TASK TITLE: PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 8 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Control Room Ventilation System has been placed in the Purge Mode per 34SO-Z41-001-1. TASK NUMBER: 037.010  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 037.010.O   PLANT  HATCH JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
CR-SIM 8 2015
RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
-301 Page 4 of 8    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (  )  TASK TITLE:
RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE JPM NUMBER:
CR-SIM 8 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the Control Room Ventilation System has been placed in the Purge Mode per 34SO-Z41-001-1. TASK NUMBER:
037.010  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
037.010.O PLANT  HATCH JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
 
RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (
NPO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1  34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) 34AR-603-214-2 (current version) 34AR-603-215-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1  34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
Unit 1  34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) 34AR-603-214-2 (current version) 34AR-603-215-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1  34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version)
 
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR


INITIAL CONDITIONS:   
INITIAL CONDITIONS:   
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water. 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days. 3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units. 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, "Loss of Area Ventilation", is in progress.   
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water. 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days.
: 3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units. 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, "Loss of Area Ventilation", is in progress.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO
-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4.
 
CR-SIM 8 2015
-301 Page 6 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1),
AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:_________
: 1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.
Operator has obtained the correct procedure
, 34SO-Z41-001-1. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.
Operator has REVIEWED the precautions and limitations.
 
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration.
: 3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the following HVAC units:
1Z41-B003B  1Z41-B003A  And 1Z41-B003C On 1H11-P654, CONFIRM 1Z41-B00A, B, and C control switch in STOP (OFF), GREEN light illuminated.
NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it, flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41
-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation.
 
CR-SIM 8 2015
-301 Page 7 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
   (** Indicates critical step)
: 4. Confirm CLOSED the following dampers:  1Z41-F009A  1Z41-F030A On 1H11-P657, CONFIRM 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41
-F030A, green light illuminated.
NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41
-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41
-B003A is stopped.  **5. Close the following dampers:
1Z41-F028A  1Z41-F028B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41-F028A & 1Z41-F028B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.
  **6. Close the following dampers:
1Z41-F010A  1Z41-F010B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41
-F010A & 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.
: 7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41
-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41
-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated.
: 8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake Damper, 1Z41
-F016. At panel 1H11
-P657, FILTER INLET control switch, 1Z41-F016, is in OPEN position, red light illuminated.
  **9. Open inlet control vane, 1Z41
-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180' elevation of the Control Building to OPEN inlet control damper 1Z41-F017A.
PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41
-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41
-F017A is open.
 
CR-SIM 8 2015
-301 Page 8 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **10. Start Exhaust Fan, 1Z41
-C011A and confirm suction damper 1Z41
-F018A opens. At panel 1H11
-P657, PLACE the control switch for 1Z41-C011A in START, red light illuminated and confirm 1Z41-F018A opens, red light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to start exhaust fan 1Z41
-C011A because damper 1Z41-F018A automatically opens when the fan is started.
 
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 7  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 1 (ALL)
Title  ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:  Plant 1 2015-301 Time 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   


INITIATING CUES:  Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 7   Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 1 2015
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 6 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL  (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:_________  1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task. Operator has obtained the correct procedure, 34SO-Z41-001-1. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations. Operator has REVIEWED the precautions and limitations.
-301    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 02 03/19/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 03 06/16/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 04 05/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 05 08/05/10 Added HU tools. Added procedure number to Initiating Cue.
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration. 3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the following HVAC units:  1Z41-B003B  1Z41-B003A  And 1Z41-B003C On 1H11-P654, CONFIRM 1Z41-B00A, B, and C control switch in STOP (OFF), GREEN light illuminated. NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it, flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation.
ELJ CME 05.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 7 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  4. Confirm CLOSED the following dampers:  1Z41-F009A  1Z41-F030A On 1H11-P657, CONFIRM 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A, green light illuminated. NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41-B003A is stopped.  **5. Close the following dampers: 1Z41-F028A  1Z41-F028B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41-F028A & 1Z41-F028B in CLOSE, green light illuminated. NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.  **6. Close the following dampers:  1Z41-F010A  1Z41-F010B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41-F010A & 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated. NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves. 7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated. 8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake Damper, 1Z41-F016. At panel 1H11-P657, FILTER INLET control switch,  1Z41-F016, is in OPEN position, red light illuminated.  **9. Open inlet control vane, 1Z41-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180' elevation of the Control Building to OPEN inlet control damper 1Z41-F017A.
MMG ALS 5.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure, changed "Media Number" to Plant 1, and removed "Fundamental Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-20024-5.3 after NRC Exam restored after ILT
PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41-F017A is open.
-9 NRC Exam
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 8 of 8  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **10. Start Exhaust Fan, 1Z41-C011A and confirm suction damper 1Z41-F018A opens. At panel 1H11-P657, PLACE the control switch for 1Z41-C011A in START, red light illuminated and confirm 1Z41-F018A opens, red light illuminated. NOTE: It is only critical to start exhaust fan 1Z41-C011A because damper 1Z41-F018A automatically opens when the fan is started.
. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 7  Line Contributors
END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 7 Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 1 (ALL) Title  ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM Author:   Anthony Ball  Media Number:  Plant 1 2015-301 Time 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 7    Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 1 2015-301    Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 02 03/19/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 03 06/16/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 04 05/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 05 08/05/10 Added HU tools. Added procedure number to Initiating Cue. ELJ CME 05.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1. MMG ALS 5.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure, changed "Media Number" to Plant 1, and removed "Fundamental Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-20024-5.3 after NRC Exam restored after ILT-9 NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 7  Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Rev. No. List of Contributors 05.1 MMG               
Rev. No. List of Contributors 05.1 MMG               


Plant 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 7  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (  )  TASK TITLE: ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM  JPM NUMBER: Plant 1 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task will be complete when the operator has actuated the Diesel Generator CO2 System per 34SO-X43-005-0. TASK NUMBER: 200.024  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.024.A   PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 4 of 7  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (  )  TASK TITLE:
RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 286000A208 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM  JPM NUMBER:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)
Plant 1 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task will be complete when the operator has actuated the Diesel Generator CO 2 System per 34SO
-X43-005-0. TASK NUMBER:
200.024  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
200.024.A PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
 
RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
286000A208
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator  (NPO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1  34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1  34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR   
Unit 1  34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1  34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)
 
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A fire is burning in the "1C" D/G Room.
: 2. The "1C" D/G Room CO 2 System did NOT automatically actuate.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Actuate the "1C" D/G Room CO 2 fire protection system per  34SO-X43-005-0, "Diesel Generator Building Carbon Dioxide System
."
Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 6 of 7  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
 
PROMPT: WHEN addressed, INFORM the operator the RED light is ILLUMINATED
. 1. Depress and hold the START pushbutton switch.
In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator DEPRESSES and HOLDS the START pushbutton
 
PROMPT: AFTER the pushbutton is depressed, INFORM the operator that the RED light remained ILLUMINATED and there was NO response.
  **2. PLACE the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve in OPEN. In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator OPENS the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 7 of 7  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **3. PLACE the Master Pilot for the Diesel Generator Building in OPEN.
On the Diesel Generator Building West Wall, the operator OPENS 1X43-P007, Master Pilot for Diesel Generator Bldg.
 
PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 2 (ALL) Title  Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
Plant 2 2015-301 Time 16.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date   
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10    Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 2 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial development as a result of PRA vs training analysis.
SCB RSG 01 02/11/98 Revised typographical errors.
SCB DHG 02 01/20/99 Revised based on evaluator comments.
SCB DHG 03 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 04 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 05 03/19/02 Incorporate ADY comment, correct Nitrogen pressure readings to agree with procedural requirement, add step to review the procedure, include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 02/24/05 Changed procedure numbers and corrected step reference in initial conditions section of page 2 and 5.
TFP DHG 07 06/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 09 09/29/10 Added HU Pass/Fail criteria. Updated Southern Company logo. Added an evaluator note to move to a low dose rate area after the operator identifies the components locations.
ELJ CME 09.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.
MMG ALS 09.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam.
Changed "Media Number" to Plant 2 and deleted Fundamental Review Question
. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25028-09.3 after NRC Exam.
ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10    Line Contributors
 
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


INITIAL CONDITIONS:   
Ver. No. List of Contributors 09.1 MMG Plant 2 2015
: 1. A fire is burning in the "1C" D/G Room. 2. The "1C" D/G Room CO2 System did NOT automatically actuate.   
-301 Page 4 of 10  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics JPM NUMBER:
Plant 2 2015
-301 TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be complete when the operator aligns the Emergency Nitrogen Bottles in the Reactor Building to the Drywell Pneumatic System.
TASK NUMBER:
042.005  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
042.005.O PLANT HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:


INITIATING CUES:  Actuate the "1C" D/G Room CO2 fire protection system per  34SO-X43-005-0, "Diesel Generator Building Carbon Dioxide System."
RO 2.86 SRO Not Available
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 6 of 7  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.  (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)      START TIME:__________
PROMPT: WHEN addressed, INFORM the operator the RED light is ILLUMINATED. 1. Depress and hold the START pushbutton switch. In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator DEPRESSES and HOLDS the START pushbutton PROMPT: AFTER the pushbutton is depressed, INFORM the operator that the RED light remained ILLUMINATED and there was NO response.  **2. PLACE the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve in OPEN. In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator OPENS the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 7  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **3. PLACE the Master Pilot for the Diesel Generator Building in OPEN. On the Diesel Generator Building West Wall, the operator OPENS 1X43-P007, Master Pilot for Diesel Generator Bldg.
PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute. END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10  Southern Nuclear Company  Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 2 (ALL) Title  Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics Author:  Anthony Ball  Media Number:
Plant 2 2015-301 Time 16.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)  Date   


Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10    Course Number  Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 2 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial development as a result of PRA vs training analysis. SCB RSG 01 02/11/98 Revised typographical errors. SCB DHG 02 01/20/99 Revised based on evaluator comments. SCB DHG 03 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 04 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 05 03/19/02 Incorporate ADY comment, correct Nitrogen pressure readings to agree with procedural requirement, add step to review the procedure, include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 02/24/05 Changed procedure numbers and corrected step reference in initial conditions section of page 2 and 5. TFP DHG 07 06/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 09 09/29/10 Added HU Pass/Fail criteria. Updated Southern Company logo. Added an evaluator note to move to a low dose rate area after the operator identifies the components locations. ELJ CME 09.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1. MMG ALS 09.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Plant 2 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25028-09.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company  Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10    Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
223001A411


Ver. No. List of Contributors 09.1 MMG Plant 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 10  UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics  JPM NUMBER: Plant 2 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator aligns the Emergency Nitrogen Bottles in the Reactor Building to the Drywell Pneumatic System. TASK NUMBER: 042.005  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 042.005.O  PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
RO 2.86 SRO Not Available K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A411 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
:
RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Systems Operator (SO)
RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Systems Operator (SO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  34AB-X43-001-1 34SO-P70-001-1 (current versions) 34AB-X43-001-2 34SO-P70-001-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-P70-001-1 (current version) 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    16.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR  
Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-X43-001-1 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version s) 34AB-X43-001-2 34SO-P70-001-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS:
Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-P70-001-1 (current version) 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version)


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1 2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-1, "Fire Procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.4.7
16.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1
: 2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted
: 3. The crew is addressing 34AB
-X43-001-1, "Fire Procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.4.7
 
INITIATING CUES:
Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, "Drywell Pneumatics System."


INITIATING CUES:  Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, "Drywell Pneumatics System."
Plant 2 2015
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.     (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
-301 Page 6 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation"     START TIME:__________   1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.
NMP
PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70-F004 and 1P70-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11-P700 panel. NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. **2. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle 1P70-A002A outlet valve 1P70-F138A. On elev. 130RLR09, Nitrogen Bottle outlet valve 1P70-F138A handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops. 3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015-301 Page 7 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **4. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply header inboard isolation, 1P70-F141. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F141, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, parallel with the pipe.  **5. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply isolation, 1P70-F084. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, counter clockwise until it stops. 6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:   With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete.
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation" START TIME:__________
TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here.   
: 1. Operator reviews the procedure.
The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.
 
PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70
-F004 and 1P70
-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11
-P700 panel.
NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.
  **2. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle 1P70-A002A outlet valve 1P70-F138A. On elev. 130RLR09, Nitrogen Bottle outlet valve 1P70
-F138A handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops.
: 3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100
-110 psig.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015
-301 Page 7 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **4. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply header inboard isolation, 1P70
-F141. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F141, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, parallel with the pipe.  **5. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply isolation, 1P70
-F084. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard
 
Isolation valve, counter clockwise until it stops.
: 6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70
-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100
-110 psig.
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
 
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR


UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2.
2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted.
: 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, "Fire procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.3.7


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2. 2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted. 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, "Fire procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.3.7 
Align nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-2, "Drywell Pneumatics System."


INITIATING CUES:  Align nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-2, "Drywell Pneumatics System."
Plant 2 2015
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)   For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.     (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   
-301 Page 9 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
    (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.   


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NMP-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation"   Note to evaluator:  Radiation dose rates are elevated in the vicinity of these Nitrogen bottles. Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in "line-of-sight."  After the component locations are identified by the operator, move to a low dose rate area to discuss performance of the procedural steps. START TIME:__________   1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure. **2. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70-F023. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F023, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops.
NMP
PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step) **3. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70-F021. At 158RBR16, the operator TURNS 2P70-F021, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops. NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. **4. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle 2P70-A002A outlet valve 2P70-F138A. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F138A, Nitrogen Bottle outlet valve handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. 5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.  **6. Open Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve, 2P70-F141. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F141, Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve handle, until it is parallel with the pipe. **7. Open Emergency Nitrogen to Drywell Pneumatic header isolation, 2P70-F084. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. 8. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.
-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation" Note to evaluator:  Radiation dose rates are elevated in the vicinity of these Nitrogen bottles.
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:   With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs). TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here.
Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in "line
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 3 (ALL) Title  TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
-of-sight."  After the component locations are identified by the operator, move to a low dose rate area to discuss performance of the procedural steps. START TIME:__________
Plant 3 2015-301 Time 23.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date     
: 1. Operator reviews the procedure.
The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.
  **2. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70
-F023. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F023, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops.
PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70
-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70
-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015
-301 Page 10 of 10  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **3. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70
-F021. At 158RBR16, the operator TURNS 2P70-F021, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops.
NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.
  **4. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle 2P70-A002A outlet valve 2P70-F138A. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F138A, Nitrogen Bottle outlet valve handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops.
: 5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70
-
PCV-140 indicates between 100
-110 psig.  **6. Open Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve, 2P70-F141. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F141, Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve handle, until it is parallel with the pipe.
  **7. Open Emergency Nitrogen to Drywell Pneumatic header isolation, 2P70-F084. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. 8. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70
-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70
-
PCV-140 indicates between 100
-110 psig.
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs).
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12  Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM      DRAFT PLANT 3 (ALL) Title  TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE Author:  Anthony Ball Media Number:
Plant 3 2015-301 Time 23.0  Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)  Date:  Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)
Date     


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12  2  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 3 2015-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 04/24/00 Made Step 4 for both units non-critical, correct Operator title (SO) RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 03 03/11/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 03/08/05 Documentum revision DNM RAB 05 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 06 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 07 10/09/09 Added that 2R24-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps. GHC ALD 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to Attachment 1. U-2 requires the following, "Confirm 2R24-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this. MMG ALS 7.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Plant 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-27.18-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12  3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.  
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12  2  Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 3 2015
-301    Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 04/24/00 Made Step 4 for both units non
-critical, correct Operator title (SO)
RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 03 03/11/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 03/08/05 Documentum revision DNM RAB 05 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 06 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 07 10/09/09 Added that 2R24
-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps.
GHC ALD 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to Attachment 1.
U-2 requires the following, "Confirm 2R24
-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11
-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11
-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this. MMG ALS 7.2  Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Plant 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-27.18-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12  3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.


Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG               
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG               


Plant 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 12    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE: TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER: Plant 3 2015-301  TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2. TASK NUMBER: 027.018  OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 027.018.O   PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
Plant 3 2015
RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A403 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
-301 Page 4 of 12    UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)  TASK TITLE:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER:
Plant 3 2015
-301  TASK STANDARD:
The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24
-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2. TASK NUMBER: 027.018  OBJECTIVE NUMBER:
027.018.O PLANT  HATCH  JTA  IMPORTANCE  RATING:
 
RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:
262001A403
 
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING
:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)  REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:    23.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP: N/A 


UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR
Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIAL S: Unit 1 Unit 2  34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:
23.0 Minutes SIMULATOR  SETUP:
N/A 
 
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "1A (1B)" LPCI Bus,  1R24-S018A (B), must be replaced by maintenance. 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.   
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
: 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "1A (1B)" LPCI Bus, 1R24-S018A (B), must be replaced by maintenance.
: 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Transfer 1R24
-S018A (B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-1.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
START TIME:__________
1 Operator identifies the materials that are required. Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.
Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.
 
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 1R24
-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 1R24
-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.
  **3 Open 1R24
-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.
The Operator CALLS the Control Room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 1H11
-P601.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24
-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.
4 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch. In the 600V 1CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the task as a PASS,  sign, and date record FAIL  Above standards not met Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg
 
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 7 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **5 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M077 (M078) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 2C (2D) Bus Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M077 (M078) disconnect switch to the OFF positio
: n. 6 Verify that 1R24
-S048 is energized.
At 1R22-S006, '1F" 4160 VAC Bus (1H11
-P652), the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 is ENERGIZED.
 
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24
-S048 has been verified to be energized.
7 Confirm the 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
At 1H11-P601 OR in the 1F Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 1R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8 Confirm disconnect switch
 
1R26-M108 is in the OFF position.
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 Disconnect Switch is in the OFF position.
9 Confirm disconnect switch 1R26-M109 is in the OFF position.
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
10 Confirm 1R24
-S048 is energized.
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 1R26
-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED
.  **11 Place 1R26
-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.
 
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
  **12 Secure the 1R26
-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 1R26-M107 transfer switch in the correct position.
  **13 Place to ON 1R26
-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch.
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.
14 Verify 1R24
-S018A (S018B) is energized.
CONFIRM 1R24
-S018A (S018B) is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B)
AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B).      END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
 
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.
 
UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
: 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "2A(2B)" LPCI Bus, 2R24-S018A(B), must be replaced by maintenance.
: 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.
 
INITIATING CUES:
Transfer 2R24
-S018A(B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-2.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
  (** Indicates critical step)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance
.      START TIME:__________
: 1. Operator identifies the materials that are required.
Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.
Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.
 
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24
-S018A (S018B) has been de
-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24
-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.
  **3. Open 2R24
-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.
The Operator CALLS the Control room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 2H11
-P601.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24
-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened.
: 4. Confirm/Open 2R26
-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch.
In the 600V 2CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the task as a PASS,  sign, and date record FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg
 
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
   (** Indicates critical step)
  **5. Open 2R26
-M105 (M106) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 1C (1D) Bus room, the Operator PLACES the 2R26-M105 (M106) disconnect switch to the OFF position.
: 6. Verify that 2R24
-S048 is energized.
At 2R22-S006, "2F" 4160 VAC Bus (2H11
-P652) AND 2S11-S012 transformer (Diesel Bldg)
, the Operator / SO CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 is energized.


INITIATING CUES: Transfer 1R24-S018A (B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-1.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator and SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.      START TIME:__________  1 Operator identifies the materials that are required. Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations. Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.
-S048 has been verified to be energized.
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 1R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.  **3 Open 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open. The Operator CALLS the Control Room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 1H11-P601.
  (U-2 requires confirmation via 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open. 4 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch. In the 600V 1CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the task as a PASS,  sign, and date record FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date  Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg Plant 3 2015-301 Page 7 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **5 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M077 (M078) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 2C (2D) Bus Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M077 (M078) disconnect switch to the OFF position. 6 Verify that 1R24-S048 is energized. At 1R22-S006, '1F" 4160 VAC Bus (1H11-P652), the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 is ENERGIZED.
-S006 bus)
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S048 has been verified to be energized. 7 Confirm the 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. At 1H11-P601 OR in the 1F Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 1R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
: 7. Confirm the 2R24
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8 Confirm disconnect switch 1R26-M108 is in the OFF position. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 Disconnect Switch is in the OFF position. 9 Confirm disconnect switch 1R26-M109 is in the OFF position. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position. 10 Confirm 1R24-S048 is energized. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 1R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED.  **11 Place 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.
-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **12 Secure the 1R26-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 1R26-M107 transfer switch in the correct position.  **13 Place to ON 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. 14 Verify 1R24-S018A (S018B) is energized. CONFIRM 1R24-S018A (S018B) is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B).      END TIME:__________  NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete.
At 2H11-P601 or in the "2F" Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 2R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
TERMINATING CUE:  We will stop here. 
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8. Confirm disconnect switch


UNIT  2 READ TO THE OPERATOR 
2R26-M108 is in the OFF position.
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
: 9. Confirm disconnect switch


INITIAL CONDITIONS:
2R26-M109 is in the OFF position.
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "2A(2B)" LPCI Bus, 2R24-S018A(B), must be replaced by maintenance. 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.  
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
: 10. Confirm 2R24
-S048 is energized.
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 2R26
-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED
. **11. Place 2R26
-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position.
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B).


INITIATING CUES:  Transfer 2R24-S018A(B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-2.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS) (** Indicates critical step)    For INITIAL Operator Programs: For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.      START TIME:__________  1. Operator identifies the materials that are required. Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations. Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.
  (** Indicates critical step)
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.  **3. Open 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open. The Operator CALLS the Control room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 2H11-P601.
  **12. Secure the 2R26
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened. 4. Confirm/Open 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch. In the 600V 2CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position. IF THEN  PASS  Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND  For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR  For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly  Mark the task as a PASS,  sign, and date record FAIL  Above standards not met  Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date  Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg Plant 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step) **5. Open 2R26-M105 (M106) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 1C (1D) Bus room, the Operator PLACES the 2R26-M105 (M106) disconnect switch to the OFF position. 6. Verify that 2R24-S048 is energized. At 2R22-S006, "2F" 4160 VAC Bus (2H11-P652) AND 2S11-S012 transformer (Diesel Bldg), the Operator / SO CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 is energized.
-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 2R26-M107 transfer switch in the to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator and SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S048 has been verified to be energized. (U-2 requires confirmation via 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 bus)  7. Confirm the 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. At 2H11-P601 or in the "2F" Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 2R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
  **13. Place the 2R26
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8. Confirm disconnect switch 2R26-M108 is in the OFF position. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position. 9. Confirm disconnect switch 2R26-M109 is in the OFF position. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position. 10. Confirm 2R24-S048 is energized. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 2R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED.  **11. Place 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B).
-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12  STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)  (** Indicates critical step)  **12. Secure the 2R26-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 2R26-M107 transfer switch in the to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position. **13. Place the 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer room, the Operator places the 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. 14. Verify 2R24-S018A (S018B) is energized. CONFIRM 2R24-S018A (S018B) is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B).     END TIME:__________   NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete. TERMINATING CUE:   We will stop here.}}
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer room, the Operator places the 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.
: 14. Verify 2R24
-S018A (S018B) is energized.
CONFIRM 2R24
-S018A (S018B) is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B)
AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B).
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:    With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE:
We will stop here.}}

Revision as of 22:35, 30 June 2018

Hatch Initial Exam 2015-301 Draft Simulator In-plant JPMs
ML15175A462
Person / Time
Site: Hatch  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 06/22/2015
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
References
50-321/15-301, 50-366/15-301 50-321/15-301, 50-366/15-301
Download: ML15175A462 (195)


Text

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 1 - ALL Title: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

2015-301 ADMIN 1 Time:

11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:

Date: Approved By: Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 11 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 Modified from LR

-JP-25101 for use on 2015

-301 NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER:

2015-301 ADMIN

-1 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002. TASK NUMBER:

201.099 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

201.099.B PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version) REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 (current version) 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

11.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature.
2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL):

1B21-R606A, B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) is +

28 inches 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) is +

28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21

-R623A (Wide Range) are

+30 inches 1B21-R604B and 1B21

-R623B (Wide Range) are

+35 inches

1B21-R623A and 1B21

-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating

        • 3. NO erratic behavior for the specified instruments has been observed.

INITIATING CUES:

Determine which of these RWL indications are valid And Report the corrected RWL for EACH valid RWL instrument And Any recommendations concerning RWL.

2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".

START TIME:__________

1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.

Operator has identified the correct procedure as 34AB

-B21-002-1.

NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1.

PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed).

2. Determine if RWL corrections are required.

Using SPDS (or Drywell temp indications) the operator DETERMINES

Drywell temperature is greater than 150°F.

RWL corrections ARE required.

2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB

-B21-002-1. The operator has REVIEWED Caution 1 and Caution 2 on of 34AB-B21-002-1. 4. Confirm there is no indication of erratic instrument behavior.

The operator has VERIFIED, by observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior:

1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone)

PROMPT: WHEN the operator indicates use of the Diagnostic screen of SPDS, GIVE the operator Supplement 2.

5. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 1 and 2 (Maximum Run Temperature).

At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures:

RTD Group 1

- 293°F RTD Group 2

- 290°F PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.

6. Determine highest temperature for RTD Group 5 (Maximum Run Temperature).

At SPDS panel, the operator has DETERMINED the following Maximum Run Temperatures:

RTD Group 5 - 263°F

2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.

    • 6. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature.

The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are VALID: 1B21-R606A (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606B (Narrow Range

) 1B21-R606C (Narrow Range)

    • 7. Determine if the RWL instrument may be used by comparing the Minimum Indicated Level for the associated Maximum Run Temperature.

The operator has DETERMINED the following RWL instruments are INVALID: 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range)

-B21-002-1, the operator has DETERMINED Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, B & C (narrow range

) is +8 inches (accept 1 inch).

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:

After JPM step #

8 is complete.

With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

EVALUATOR

- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2

.

Page 10 of 11 SHUTDOWNINB252227 Page 11 of 11 N001KN001JN002N003257263292293N001LN008205207200257N001BN001AN010N009259289290N001MN004N005200207205257227SUPPLEMENT 2 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 2 - ALL Title: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)

Author: ANTHONY BALL Media Number:

2015-301 ADMIN 2 Time:

15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)

Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor

) Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 2 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 Revised ILT

-1 Admin JPM LR

-JP-25047 to match updated 34GO

-OPS-001. New IRM Multipliers are included.

After 2015 NRC Exam will be re

-numbered to LR

-JP-25047. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)

JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 2 TASK STANDARD:

The task is complete when the IRM alternate power checks are performed and the Operator determines that Average % power calculated is higher then current APRM power readings and an

evaluation of power level indication is required.

TASK NUMBER:

xxx.xxx OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

xxx.xxx.x PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO x.xx SRO x.xx K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 4.3 SRO x.xx OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 (Attachment 15 Rev. 41.3) N/A APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Reactor Startup is in progress

. 2. The crew is making preparations to startup the Steam Jet Air Ejector prior to securing the Mechanical Vacuum Pump

. 3. All APRMs are currently reading 4% power. 4. Pre-Job Brief is NOT required.

INITIATING CUES: IAW Step 7.3.24 of 34GO

-OPS-001-1, perform Alternate Power Level check per Attachment 1

5.

2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

START TIME:__________

1. Operator has DETERMINED the correct procedure section to use.

Operator has OBTAINS the correct procedure section to use starting at Attachment 15 PROMPT: AT this time GIVE the operator Attachment 1 (34GO-OPS-001-1, ATTACHMENT 15).

PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (IRM Data).

2. The operator identifies where he will obtain IRM power and range information to record on Attachment
15. The operator identifies where the IRM power information is
obtained, At IH 11-P603. NOTE: ATTACHMENT 3 is the marked up answer key.
3. The operator copies the IRM range and power level data onto the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment
15. Using the copy of 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15 the data is recorded by operator.

2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 8 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 4. The operator performs the calculation to the IRM data. The operator uses the recorded IRM data and MULTIPLIES it by the correct constant of (0.212). PROMPT: IF the operator request that the Calculations be verified, THEN as another operator perform verification but DO NOT correct any errors.
    • 5. The operator determines that Average % power is greater than APRM power settings.

Using the Average % power, the operator DETERMINES that APRMs readings are NOT greater than the Average IRM power.

    • 6. The operator determines an evaluation of power level is required.

The operator informs the Shift Supervisor that an evaluation of power level indication is required.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:

After JPM step #6 is complete.

With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

EVALUATOR

- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1

& 2.

ATTACHENT 1

ATTACHENT 2 IRM DATA IRMS RANGE READING A 9 18 C 9 20 E 9 20 G 10 20 B 9 18 D 9 22 F 10 20 H 9 18 ATTACHMENT 3 ** KEY **

DO NOT give this to applicant

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 3 - ALL Title: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Time:

15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)

Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:

Date: Approved By: Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 17 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 17 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 Initial development.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 17 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 1 of 15 1 UNIT 1 ( )

UNIT 2 (X)

TASK TITLE:

REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE JPM NUMBER:

2015-301 ADMIN

-3 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be complete when the operator reviews the completed surveillance procedure, 34SV

-E51-002-2, makes any required calculations and determines RCIC surveillanc e is unsat and RCIC is inoperable

. TASK NUMBER:

300.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

300.011.O K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

Generic 2.2.12

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

/ Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 34SV-E51-002-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 Completed surveillance package: 34SV

-E51-002-2.

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A 3 Page 2 of 15 EVALUATOR COPY UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST)

Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".

3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.

INITIATING CUES:

Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".

Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets

.

Using Attachment 1 of 34SV

-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.

5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.

5.1 through step 7.

5.6.

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".

START TIME:__________

PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of 34 SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.

PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (Data has been filled in for this JPM).

PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the IST Book, INFORM the Operator that a supervisor has verified the reference data.

NOTE: JPM Steps 1

- 8 can be performed in any order.

1. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Turbine Speed Nr is acceptable.

On Attach.

1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Turbine Speed Nr data is SATISFACTORY

. 3900 rpm (Acceptable Range:

3861 (0.99) to 3939 (1.01) rpm) 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 4 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

2. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Stopped) (

Pi) is acceptable.

On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (St ill) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY

. 34 psig Acceptable Range:

>7 psig. 3. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure (Running) (P i) is acceptable.

On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Inlet Pressure (Running) (P i) data is SATISFACTORY

. 31 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig.

4. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Outlet Pressure (Running

) Po is NOT acceptable.

At step 7.8.2.1.1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Outlet Pressure data IS NOT SATISFACTORY

. 1072 psig is NOT in the Acceptable Range of

> 1135 psig.

NOTE: At this time

, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.

It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention. PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 5 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

5. The Operator calculates and then evaluates on Attachment 1 and finds Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable.

On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator CALCULATES AND EVALUATES Differential Pressure (2) dP r data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 0.88 dPr is NOT in the Acceptable Range of 0.90 to 1.10 dPr.

NOTE: Ratio Differential Pressure (2) dP r is equal to the Test Value dPr divided by the Reference Value dP

r. 1041/1183 = 0.88.

At this time

, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable and RCIC must be declared inoperable. This action IS acceptable.

It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.

PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.

6. The Operator evaluates parameters on Attachment 1 and finds Flowrate (4)

(Qr) is acceptable.

On Attach. 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, the Operator EVALUATES Flowrate (4) (Q r) data (400 gpm) is SATISFACTORY

. Acceptable value is 4 00 gpm.

PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Out of Spec readings, INFORM the Operator to finish the data package review

.

7. The Operator performs step 7.

5.1 Reason for test:

The Operator places a check mark for "Norm. Surv.

" per the initial conditions.

8. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 4 00 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of greater than OR equal to 1135 psig with reactor pressure of > 920 psig AND < 1058 psig.

The Operator has determined RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 6 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

9. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.2 RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. The Operator has verified that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled.

PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the RCIC pump discharge lines upstream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled

, INFORM the Operator that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled

.

10. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A AND 2T41

-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC is started

. The Operator has verified that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41

-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto start, WHEN RCIC started.

PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, INFORM the Operator that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto started.

11. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. The Operator has verified that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running

.

PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, open when RCIC is running

, INFORM the Operator that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, auto opened.

12. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.5 Oil level AND pressure is observed

. The Operator has verified that Oil level AND pressure is observed

.

PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Oil level AND pressure is observed

, INFORM the Operator that Oil level AND pressures were observed.

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 7 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

13. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.1 RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o data. The Operator has determined that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.

NOTE: At this time

, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.

It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.

14. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump dPr data. The Operator has determined that Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2

. NOTE: At this time

, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. This action IS acceptable.

It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisor's attention.

15. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 Flowrate (4) (Q r) data. The Operator has determined that Flowrate (Q r) data meets the acceptance criteria of step

7.5.2.6.2. 16. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.7 if Response Time Test was performed

. The Operator evaluates if Response Time Test was performed

. PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses Response Time Test

, INFORM the Operator that Response Time Test was NOT performed

.

2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 8 of 15 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 17. The Operator performs step 7.5.4 Test Result.

The Operator completes step 7.5.4 and marks the step UNSAT.

NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - 28 can be performed in any order.

    • 18. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 for RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o <1135 psig has failed to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1. The Operator lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) P o has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 & 7.5.2.6.1 (<1135 psig).
    • 19. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 RCIC Differential Pressure dP
r. The Operator also lists in step 7.5.5 that RCIC Differential Pressure dP r has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1 (dPr < 0.90). NOTE: If the Operator addresses writing a Condition Report (CR) based on this surveillance, inform the Operator that another operator will write the CR.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: After JPM step #

19 is complete.

With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

EVALUATOR

- PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet.

SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 45 of 59 DOCUMENT TITLE:

RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:

34SV-E51-002-2 Version No:

24.1 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 of 1 (** Indicates critical step)

ATTACHMENT 1

    • KEY **

DO NOT give this to applicant Reference Data Changes:

Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes () No IF YES, list justification for so doing:

(2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE REQ'D ACTION RANGE (1) RATIO (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR, Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running)

(Pi) 2E51-R604 31* 01/18/12* 31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*

01/18/12*

1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2)

(DPr) N/A 1183*

01/18/12*

1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr 0.88* Flowrate (4)

(Qr) 2E51-R612 400 N/A 400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO

-INS-001-0. (2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running)

- Inlet Pressure (Pump running)

(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.

SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH PAGE 42 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE:

RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:

34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO:

24.1 Page 10 of 15 ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY **

DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5 TEST RESULTS 7.5.1 Reason for test: ( ) Norm. Surv. ( ) WO # ____________________________________

( ) Other ________________________________________________________________

7.5.2 Acceptance Criteria 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of 1135 psig with reactor pressure between 920 and 1058 psig.

  • 7.5.2.2 RCIC Pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51

-F013 and 2E51

-F022 are filled.

7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A and 2T41

-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Fans, AUTO START WHEN RCIC is started.

7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A and 2P41

-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running.

7.5.2.5 Oil levels observed in the normal range, OR LOR written.

7.5.2.6 IF the 92 day test or CPT was performed:

7.5.2.6.1 Steps 7.5.2.1 through 7.5.2.5 are acceptable.

7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump data matches the reference data WITHIN the limits stated on Attachment 1, 5 or 6.

  • 7.5.2.7 IF Response Time Test was performed, RCIC Pump obtained rated flow and pressure in less than OR equal to 45 seconds.

SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH PAGE 43 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE:

RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER: 34SV-E51-002-2 VERSION NO:

24.1 Page 11 of 15 ATTACHMENT 1 ** KEY **

DO NOT give this to applicant 7.5.4 Test Result:

( ) Satisfactory

( ) Unsatisfactory 7.5.5 Unsatisfactory Conditions:

(1) RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.

5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________

(2) RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of ste p 7.5.2.6.2

__________________

_______________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________

___________________________

7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions:

______________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

______ 7.5.7 Test completed and/or verified by:

__________________________________________

/ ____________

/ ____________

Print Name

/ Initial / Date __________________________________________

/ ____________

/ ____________

Print Name

/ Initial / Date __________________________________________

/ ____________

/ ____________

Print Name

/ Initial / Date __________________________________________

/ ____________

/ ____________

Print Name

/ Initial / Date

SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67 DOCUMENT TITLE:

RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY DOCUMENT NUMBER:

34SV-E51-002-2 Version No:

31.0 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2 of 2 Page 12 of 15 ATTACHMENT 2 PROVIDE TO APPLICANT Reference Data Changes:

Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes ( ) No IF YES, list justification for so doing:

(2E51-C001) PARAMETER INSTRU MPL NO. REFERENCE VALUE DATE REF VALUE TAKEN TEST VALUE ACCEPT. RANGE ALERT RANGE REQ'D ACTION RANGE (1) RATIO (3) Turbine Speed (Nr) 2E51-R610 OR, Calibrated Handheld Tachometer 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* 0.99 to 1.01 RPM N/A N/A N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 34* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Pump Suction Pressure (Running)

(Pi) 2E51-R604 31* 01/18/12* 31* 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A Outlet Pressure (Po) 2E51-R601 1215*

01/18/12*

1072* N/A N/A N/A N/A Differential Pressure (2)

(DPr) N/A 1183*

01/18/12*

1041* 0.90 to 1.10 dPr N/A 0.90 or 1.10 dPr

Flowrate (4)

(Qr) 2E51-R612 400 N/A 400* N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO

-INS-001-0.

(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running)

- Inlet Pressure (Pump running)

(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value

(4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.

Page 13 of 15

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST)

Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34 SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability".

3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.

INITIATING CUES:

Review Attachment 1 of 34 SV-E51-002-2, "RCIC Pump Operability". Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.

Using Attachment 1 of 34SV

-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 13 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 4 - RO ONLY Title: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY Author:

Anthony Ball Media Number: 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Time:

9.0 Minutes

Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)

Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:

Date: Approved By: Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 13 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 13 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 17 5/26/11 Revise JPM LR

-JP-20059, due to implementation of NMP-EP 110 and NMP

-EP-111 and for NRC Exam 2011

-3011. ELJ CME 17.1 Minor revision for procedure comparison and modified wind direction to obtain a different evacuation route. After 2015 NRC Exam will be incorporated into JPM Database with new media number. ARB

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 13 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY JPM NUMBER:

2015-301 ADMIN 4 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP

-EP-111-002. TASK NUMBER:

200.059 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

200.059.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

9.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A 4

UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE CANDIDATE

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A Reactor scram has occurred.
2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release.
3. A Prompt Off

-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress.

4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr.
5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency.
6. The ED has directed a PA announcement to be performed in accordance with NMP-EP-111. 7. SPDS is available.

INITIATING CUES:

Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS

- HATCH." NOTE: Another operator will make the actual page announcement IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements

."

2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".

START TIME:__________

NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements".

PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following:

o NMP-EP-111-002, "EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS

- HATCH." AND o Also PROVIDE the attached SPDS Attachments

. 1. Select correct section of NMP-EP-111-002. The candidate uses NMP

-EP-111-002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5

- Emergency Page Announcement Selection Guidance is the required section.

2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 8 of 13 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 2. Select the correct form to use for a Site-Area Emergency announcement.

The candidate uses NMP

-EP-111-002, Instruction 5 to determine that "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site

-Area Or General Emergency" (see page

14) is the required form

. NOTE: The candidate may review the NOTES at the top of NMP

-EP-111-002, "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of SAE Or GE" 3. IV. a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information

. The candidate determines that wind direction is required in order to select the correct evacuation route.

NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4.

PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses wind direction at panel 1H11

-P689, Y33

-S/ZR R604 (WIND SPEED/DIRECTION 23 METER ELEVATION),

INDICATE for the Candidate that this recorder is INOPERABLE

. **4. Check wind direction.

At panel 1H11

-P690, wind direction checked on one of the following

SPDS MIDAS screen OR SPDS MET Data screen

2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 5. Determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information

. The candidate uses "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine

Rally point:

PESB Exit Route:

Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route:

U.S. Highway 1

- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of "IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency."

NOTE: If the operator uses the 10 Meter wind direction, the Site Exit route will (INCORRECTLY) state "Main Access Road

."

NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1.

This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch.

PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings INFORM the Candidate that Security has been directed to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings

PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements

," as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the Candidate that this will performed by another Operator. END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when: With NO reasonable progress, the Candidate exceeds double the allotted time.

Candidate states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES: The appropriate emergency tone and announcement must be made as soon as possible, but not to exceed 15 minutes after the initial emergency declaration The person making this announcement is expected to announce all applicable information.

a. Refer to "Selection Guidance" information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. Record the applicable information below needed for this announcement.
b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement.
c. Perform IAW NMP

-EP-111 Checklist 1 "Page Announcements".

(Select one

) Site-Area Emergency or General Emergency

1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS / IS NOT) A DRILL. A/AN Site-Area Emergency HAS BEEN DECLARED.
2. (Select one

): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE (IS / IS NOT) IN PROGRESS.

3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES. NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non

-essential personnel have left the plant site.

4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U.

S. HIGHWAY 1.

5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one): THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD

, THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING

, OTHER (specify another exit route) __________________

_____. AND THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS (Select one

): EITHER DIRECTION ON U.S. HIGHWAY

1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT EITHER TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS O R APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.

SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.

NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS.

EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress? Yes No IF a. A radiological release Is Not in progress:

THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used:

Rally Point

- Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB)

Site Exit Route

- Main Access Road Evacuation Route

- Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1.

IF c. A radiological release Is in progress:

THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction.

Consult with Security to determine alternative(s)

IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement.

NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point. Wind Direction From: Rally Point:

Site Exit Route:

Evacuation Route/State Reception Center 340º - 60º Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61º - 110º PESB Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building U.S. Highway 1

- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 111º - 225º PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1

- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226º - 339º PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley

2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 12 of 13 1155.04.065100-10-1.0(F) 10M5560-10-0.515 MIN. AVG.000 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 13 of 13 115 DEG90 DEG65 DEG65 DEG115 DEG91 DEG64 DEG 64 DEG Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY)

DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP Title: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED Author: Anthony Ball Media Number

2015-301 ADMIN 5 Time:

20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)

Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:

Date: Approved By: Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 12 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 12 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 Modified 2011

-301 Admin 4 to use on ILT

-9 NRC Exam 2015

-301. After exam both JPMs will be renumbered and incorporated into JPM bank.

ARB CME Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 12 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 5 of 12 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED JPM NUMBER:

2015-301 ADMIN-5 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be complete when the operator has directed the required actions per 31EO

-PCG-001-2, Primary Containment Gas Control. TASK NUMBER:

201.072 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Senior Reactor Operator (

SRO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

20 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A 5

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. You are the SS on Unit 2
2. A reactor scram occurred due to a LOCA 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed
4. RWL is stable at

-150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps 5. Torus water level is stable at 2 50 inches 6. NO Primary Containment Venting is in progress

7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress
8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at 3 00 mR/hr 9. A Projected Offsite Dose has been calculated at 400 mR/hr

INITIATING CUES:

Evaluate the PCG EOP flowchart

, "31EO-PCG-001-2" ONLY. IAW the PCG flowchart, address and state ALL steps, actions, and orders that are to be directed, due to these plant conditions.

2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation".

START TIME:__________

PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL ATTACHMENT S to the student.

    • 1. Enters the PC G flowchart.

The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart.

2. Confirm the H 2O2 analyzers are in service. The operator DETEMINES that the the H2O2 analyzers are in service by checking 2H11

-P700 or SPDS. **3. Evaluate the override at C

-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point "S" is to be entered. 4. At D-6 on path G

-2, determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr.

The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is <1000 mr/hr based on Initial conditions

. 5. At D-6 on path G

-2, determine if there is detectable Hydrogen in drywell or torus. The operator DETERMINES there is Hydrogen in drywell or torus based on Initial conditions

. 6. Determines Estimated Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E

-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.

2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

7. Determines Projected Offsite Dose

. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E

-7 the Projected Offsite Dose to be 400 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.

8. Determines the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE.

The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at F-7 the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE to be 700 mr/hr (300 + 400 = 700).

    • 9. Uses step a t J-5 on path G-2, to direct an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans.

The operator DIRECTS an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans and Return Fans.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator directs the starting of DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans, INFORM the operator that DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans are running. 10. Evaluates decision step at G

-7, on path G-2, to determine whether Torus Water level is below 300 inches.

The operator DETERMINES that Torus level is below 300 inches.

(Chooses YES, proceeds to the right to vent the Torus).

    • 11. Using step at H-7, on path G

-2, directs Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks

. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Vent torus per 31EO

-EOP-104-2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks

. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate venting of the Torus, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression

, Torus venting is in progress

. PROMPT: IF ASKED whether the DW is being vented throught the Torus

, INFORM the operator the indications are DW pressure and Torus pressure are both slowly decreasing.

    • 12. Using step at J-7, on path G

-2, directs Initiate and maximize drywell nitrogen purge flow per 31EO

-EOP-104-2. The operator DIRECTS an NPO to Initiate and maximize primary containment purge flow per 31EO-EOP-104-2. PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate Primary Containment Purge flow

, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized

.

2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 9 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized

, INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr. **13. Evaluates the override a t D-6 on path G-2, to determine if Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr.

The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr (1100 mr/hr)

. 14. Evaluates the override a t D-6 on path G-2, to determine if adequate core cooling is assured.

The operator DETERMINES adequate core cooling is assured based on Initial conditions.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at

-150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps.

    • 15. Using step at D

-6, on path G

-2, directs torus venting secured.

The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure torus venting.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting

, INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured

. **16. Using step at D

-6, on path G

-2, directs nitrogen purge flow secured.

The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure nitrogen purge flow.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Page 10 of 12 3.5 4.0 Page 11 of 12 Page 12 of 12 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 1 of 14 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)

DRAFT ADMIN 6 SRO ONLY Title: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Time Critical:

15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions)

Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee:

Date: Approved By

Date:

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 2 of 14 This page intentionally left blank

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 3 of 14 Course Number N/A Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 8/23/11 Initial Development SDH DNM 01 10/15/13 Made left hand column match procedure steps. Ensured each critical step only has one action. ADDED Checklist 1 answer key.

MMG ALS 1.1 Updated to latest procedure revision and will be used on ILT

-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (

LR-JP-25071-01). ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.0 Page 4 of 14 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

Emergency Classification

- Complete NMP

-EP-110 Checklist 1 JPM NUMBER:

2015-301 ADMIN 6 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6.

TASK NUMBER:

200.052 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

200.052.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

NA

UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager.
2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power.

The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone.

A NPO answers the phone.

The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone.

3. The NRC Operations Center confirms:

One (1) hour ago, a DC 10, Delta Flight D

-1492, took off from Atlanta, headed for Houston Texas.

The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia.

Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights' crew, but has been unsuccessful.

Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI).

The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes.

4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information.
5. NO Peer Check is available.

INITIATING CUES:

Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, Steps 1 through 6.

AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update)

This JPM is TIME CRITICAL

. Current time is: ___________________

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions.

NOTE: The Student is expected to obtain a copy of Checklist 1 if the Initiating

Cue is given in the Simulator or Control Room

. START TIME:_________

1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.

The operator has OBTAINED Check List 1

, which is contained in NMP-EP-110. 2. Checklist 1, Step 1.

Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode

HOT IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart COLD IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix On Checklist 1, Step 1, The operator has selected HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

3. Checklist 1, Step 2.

Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation

. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:

Fuel Cladding Integrity

On Checklist 1, Step 2.a

, The operator has selected INTACT for Fuel Cladding Integrity

.

4. Checklist 1, Step 2.

Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation

. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:

Reactor Coolant System

On Checklist 1, Step 2.a

, The operator has selected INTACT for Reactor Cooling System. 5. Checklist 1, Step 2.

Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation

. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:

Containment Integrity On Checklist 1, Step 2.a

, The operator has selected INTACT for Containment Integrity.

6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b.

Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC)

. On Checklist 1, Step 2.b

,

The operator has selected NONE 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 9 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

7. Checklist 1, Step 3.

Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 3.

The operator has identified HA4 8. Checklist 1, Step 4.

Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3

Classification

On Checklist 1, Step 4.

The operator has selected ALERT as the Classification.

    • 9. Checklist 1, Step 4.

Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3

**********

Based on IC #

On Checklist 1, Step 4.

The operator has selected HA4 for the Based on IC#.

NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew.

10. Checklist 1, Step 4.

Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed).

On Checklist 1, Step 4.

The operator has written A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided.

NOTE: If follow

-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity.

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

11. Checklist 1, Step 5.

Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification

. On Checklist 1, Step 5.

The operator has signed their name as the Emergency Director in the space provided.

    • 12. Checklist 1, Step 5.

Fill in the Date in the space provided.

On Checklist 1, Step 5.

The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided.

    • 13. Checklist 1, Step 5.

Fill in the Time in the space provided.

On Checklist 1, Step 5.

The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided.

Time Critical Stop Time:

. NOTE: For this step to be completed considered SAT, the time entered must be within 15 minutes of the time recorded on the Initial Conditions sheet provided to the operator.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM.

14. On Checklist 1, Step 6.

Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration)

. The operator has obtained Meteorological Data (i.e. MIDAS Information Sheet).

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 15. On Checklist 1, Step 6.

Record the following:

Wind Direction (from)

On Checklist 1, Step 6.

The operator has entered 130 in the space provided for Wind Direction (from)

. **16. On Checklist 1, Step 6.

Record the following:

Wind Speed

On Checklist 1, Step 6.

The operator has entered 5 in the space provided for Wind Speed

.

17. On Checklist 1, Step 6.

Record the following:

Stability Class

On Checklist 1, Step 6.

The operator has entered D in the space provided for Stability Class. 18. On Checklist 1, Step 6.

Record the following:

Precipitation On Checklist 1, Step 6.

The operator has entered 0 in the space provided for Precipitation

. 19. Classification is announced to the crew. Operator performs a "Crew Update" and announces what the Classification is and the IC# the classification is based on.

PROMPT: If the IC# is NOT filled in on Checklist 1 or announced during a Crew Update, TELL the operator to review the Initiating Cue.

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of 14 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation

, INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2.

END TIME: _________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14 (** Indicates critical step)

INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY Checklist 1

- Classification Determination Initial Actions Completed by

1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode:

HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the Barriers)

COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3) Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart apply (Go To Step 2) Student 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation.

a. Select the condition of each fission product barrier:

LOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity Reactor Coolant System Containment Integrity Student b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC):

Student (select one)

FG1 FS1 FA1 FU1 None 3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. Hot IC# HA4 Unit 1/2 and/or Cold IC# __________ Unit___ or None Student 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3: Classification Based on IC#

Classification Based on IC#

General Alert HA4 Site-Area NOUE None N/A Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed):

A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away Student 5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification.

Student Date: ***** / ***** / **** Time: ****** Emergency Director Student 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration):

Wind Direction (from) 130 Wind Speed 5 Stability Class D Precipitation 0 Student 7. Initiate Attachment 2, Checklist 2

- Emergency Plan Initiation

. ____________

NOTE Key Parameters should be allowed to stabilize to accurately represent plant conditions prior to classifying an event

Page 14 of 14

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 1 (ALL) Title START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Time 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 16 02/22/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 17 05/03/02 Revise Simulator Setup DNM DHG 18 03/01/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC 121 to IC 127 for Simulator Setup, added new prompts, changed location of some steps and prompts.

BEB DHG 19 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 20 03/30/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 21 01/06/09 This revision is meant for initial training prior to implementation of ASDs on U2 during the 2009 U2 outage. It is the intent of Training & Operations to perform the best training possible gathering feedback from Operators during the process & feeding this information back to Operations prior to implementation to improve procedures prior to final implementation. (Note: originally a new JPM 04.20 was written, however this JPM was revised to modify the task and TO for the equipment and JPM 04.20 not retained). Section for Unit One will be "simulate" in Main Control Room due to modification on simulator to reflect changes to Unit 2.

DNM CEB RAB 21.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009

-302 Exam FNF CME 21.2 Minor revision to match procedure and use on ILT

-09 NRC Exam. Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT

-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR

-Sim 1 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG

CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured.

TASK NUMBER:

004.002 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

004.002.A

, 004.002.E PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.50 SRO 3.22 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

202001K6.02

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) 34AB-B31-001-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) marked up to step 7.1.3.1.11

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE. 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:

A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on GEMA C. C. Use rfB31_29 and open Seal purge valve B31

-F016A. D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31

-F023A and 2B31

-F023B. E. Start up the "2A" Recirc ASD up to step 7.1.3.1.1 0, with the breaker closed for the ASD, the ASD START pushbutton lit, and RWL

> 32". F. Have a Marked up copy of 34SO

-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.1 0, G. Turn OFF the SPDS screens.

H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators

3. INSERT the following Event Trigger:

ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out):

ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off)

ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)

+ 2 seconds

- ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)

+ 10 seconds

- ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)

Event Trigger Contents:

(ET portion of ET)

Activate ET B31

-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0

THEN (SCN Portion of ET)

IOR loB31

-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A

- Cooling Normal (White Light Off)

IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)

+2IMF mf60211170 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)

+10IMF mf60211146 f:1 d:0; ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)

4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown
2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked.
3. "A" Recirc Pump is required for forced circulation.
4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the "A" seals.
5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the "A" Recirc Pump seals IAW 52CM

-B31-003-0. 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1.1

0. 7. 34SO-B31-001-2 Attachment 5 "Recirc Pump Startup Prerequisites" was just completed and is SAT for a start of the "A" Recirc Pump.

INITIATING CUES:

Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System, Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1.1

0.

CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11

-P601.

PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO

-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10,

1. Operator obtains procedure and reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.

Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-001-2 and reviewed the precautions and limitations.

NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11

-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47).

2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 inches. At panel 2H11

-P603, the Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated).

PROMPT: IF addressed by the Operator, INFORM the Operator that Attachment 5 was complete and acceptable within the last 15 minutes.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Page 8 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Discharge Valve, 2B31

-F031A. Operator confirms PUMP DISCH VLV 2B31-F031A is CLOSED, green light illuminated.

4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated.

Operator confirms ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated

5. Visually Confirm the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable.

Operator confirms the ASD "A" startup temperature limits are still acceptable by observing temperatures on 2B31

-R601 at Panel 2H11

-P614. NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable.

PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the 2B31

-R601 recorder, INFORM the applicant that all temperatures are acceptable.

    • 6. DEPRESS the ASD A START pushbutton.

Operator depresses ASD A START PUSH BUTTON

. 7. Confirm the following:

Operator confirms the following:

The ASD A STARTING light illuminates The ASD A STARTING light illuminates.

The ASD A START light extinguishes.

The ASD A START light extinguishes.

2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates.

2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 seconds after the ASD A STARTING light illuminates.

The ASD A speed increases to ~370 RPM on 2B31

-R660A and ~22% on 2B31

-R661A in about 4 seconds.

The ASD A speed increases to

~370 RPM on 2B31

-R660A and ~22% on 2B31

-R661A in about 4 seconds.

The ASD A RUNNING light

illuminates. The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates.

The ASD A STARTING light The ASD A STARTING light

CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step) extinguishes.

extinguishes.

2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates.

2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN

<96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates.

Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000

- 13,000 GPM on 2B31

-R617. Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 - 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. Acknowledge expected alarms Acknowledges expected alarm 602-227, "Recirc Loop B Out Of Service" PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Attachment 5, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete Attachment 5.

NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.)

8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5.

Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed.

NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH start

s. Simulator Operator Confirm Event Trigger EGB31-1 ACTIVATES when the green light extinguishes on 2B31-F031A. NOTE: The following cooling fault automatically occurs based on 2B31

-F031A being full open. **9. Respond to annunciators:

602-125 "ASD A Cooling Trouble" 602-126 "ASD A Cooling Fault" 602-102 ASD A FATAL FAULT Operator places the ASD A control switch to the STOP position OR DEPRESSES the ASD A Shutdown pushbutton within 5 minutes of receiving the alarms.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:

CR-SIM 1 2015

-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 2 (ALL) Title LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Time 18.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 17 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 07/31/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 06/04/91 Procedure revision JEM DHG 03 08/26/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 08/01/96 General revision, format change, change simulator setup, word processor change RAB DHG 05 01/18/99 Revised malfunction numbers due to new simulator computer.

SCB DHG 06 02/03/00 Format modification, modify title, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 07 10/31/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 08 01/03/02 Minor correction (shift from PEO to SO)

RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB 10 02/24/05 Deleted "S" from procedure numbers, changed Revision and Rev. numbers to "Current Version," changed "Reactor Operator" to "Nuclear Plant Operator," changed IC #131 for Simulator Setup, added 1E11

-F028A(B) and 2E11

-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 JPM's due to valves listed in procedure.

BEB DHG 11 05/31/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 12 04/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 12.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-06.11 (New Media Number) after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 17 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 4 of 17 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO

-EOP-106. TASK NUMBER:

006.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

006.011.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

295031EA101

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-1 (current version)

EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-2 (current version)

EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 (current version) EOP Graph Book 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version)

EOP Graph Book APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

18.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 5 of 17 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to IC #131 or SNAP 612 and leave in FREEZE. 2. ACTIVATE THE FOLLOWING EVENT TRIGGERS:

Trigger #

DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-?

3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:

Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME

4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:

OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY

5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 6 of 17 6. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:

TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0

- 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0

- 200) 200 0 7. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:

A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11

-F008 and 2E11

-F009. B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor.

C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS.

D. Acknowledge all annunciators.

8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift.
9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
20 Minutes

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed.
2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication.
3. 31EO-EOP-016-2, (CP-2), is in progress.

INITIATING CUES:

Lower RWL with Loop "B," of RHR System using 31EO-EOP-106-2.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 8 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform Steps 1 - 18. If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2D, perform Steps 19 - 35. PROMPT: IF the operator addresses which RHR loop is to be used, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the RHR Loop B should be used.

1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B

pumps. At panel 2H11

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 9 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

2. Confirm/Close the following valves:

2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11

-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:

TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,

2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11

-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de

-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11

-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.

PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.

IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN. **3. Reset valve isolations.

GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in

GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11

-P601 Panel 2H11

-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11

-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will not open.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 10 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 4. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E1 1-F008. At panel 2H11

-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11

-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 5. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11

-F009. At panel 2H11

-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11

-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated.

6. Confirm open:

2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated:

HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B **7. Open valve 2E11

-F006B. At panel 2H11

-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.

    • 8. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open.

At panel 2H11

-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV

,

2E11-F028B, is OPEN. 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11

-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77

-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.

NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 rfE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 11 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

10. Confirm open 2E11

-F028B. At panel 2H11

-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11

-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11

-C002B or D switch selected is failed.

Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.

11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11

-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated.

NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor.

(EITHER is acceptable)

12. May confirm Open the following:

2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 4, 5, & 6.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 12 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

13. Confirm/close the following valves: 2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11

-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:

TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,

2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11

-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 **14. Open valve 2E11

-F006D. At panel 2H11

-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 15. Start RHR pump 2D.

At panel 2H11

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002D is running, red light illuminated.

    • 16. Open/throttle open valve 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11

-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV,

2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.

    • 17. Close 2E11

-F024B. At panel 2H11

-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 13 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated.

NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM.

19. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B pumps. At panel 2H11

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002B and D) are stopped, green light illuminated.

20. Confirm/close the following valves:

2E11-F004D 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11

-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:

TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004D RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F017(B) RHRSW VLV, 2E11

-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de

-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11

-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.

PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 14 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, "E11-F010 Breaker Rackout," to IN. **21. Reset valve isolations.

GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11

-P601 Panel 2H11

-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11

-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will NOT open. **22. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11

-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11

-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 23. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11

-F009. At panel 2H11

-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11

-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated.

24. Confirm open:

2E11-F003B 2E11-F047B At panel 2H11

-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red light illuminated:

HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B **25. Open valve 2E11

-F006D. At panel 2H11

-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.

NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.

    • 26. Place the Keylock Control Switch for 2E11-F028B to open.

At panel 2H11

-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV

,

2E11-F028B, is OPEN.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 15 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 27. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11

-F028B. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77

-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.

NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, "2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C," to ORIDE to open F028B.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.

28. Confirm open 2E11

-F028B. At panel 2H11

-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11

-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11

-C002B or D switch selected is failed.

Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.

29. Start RHR pump 2D.

At panel 2H11

-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated.

NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. (EITHER is acceptable)

30. May confirm Open the following:

2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet These valves were previously confirmed at steps 22, 23, & 24.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 16 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

31. Confirm/close the following valves
2E11-F004B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F075B 2E11-F016B 2E11-F024B 2E11-F027B 2E11-F028B 2E11-F010 At panel 2H11

-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated:

TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F004B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV,

2E11-F017B RHRSW VLV, 2E11

-F075B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 **32. Open valve 2E11

-F006D. At panel 2H11

-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV

,

2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 33. Start RHR pump 2B.

At panel 2H11

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002D is running, red light illuminated.

    • 33. Open/throttle open valve 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11

-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV,

2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.

    • 34. Close 2E11

-F024B. At panel 2H11

-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.

CR-SIM 2 2015

-301 Page 17 of 17 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11

-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the 2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve.

PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 3 (ALL) Title ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Time 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 11 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 07/05/96 Initial development RAB SMC 01 03/05/99 Revised due to new simulator computer.

SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed required oil temperature for Step 33 RAB DHG 04 01/03/02 Procedure changes RLS DHG 05 03/11/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 03/08/05 Changed RO to NPO, added statement ensuring the procedure is the current version, changed procedure designations from

-2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108. ELJ RAB 07 06/13/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 8.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009

-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR

-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 11 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 4 of 11 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the Main Turbine has been rolled from 800 to 1800 rpm per 34SO

-N30-001-2. TASK NUMBER:

017.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

017.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

NPO 2.25 SRO 2.83 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

245000A4.06

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

NPO 2.7 SRO 2.6 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-2 (current version) 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

20.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 5 of 11 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN.
2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:

OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1 MOTOR SUCT PMP ON 1 loN34-C003R2 MOTOR SUCT PMP OFF 1 loN34-C005G1 TURN GEAR OIL PMP ON 1 loN34-C005R2 TURN GEAR OIL PMP OFF 1

3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION:

MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail 9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2

4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:

(NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).

SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGN34-01.scn EGN34-01.et ;TG Oil Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C005.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34-C005G1; DOR loN34

-C005R2; EGN34-02.scn EGN34-02.et ;Motor Suction Pump to RUN Deletes MF and OR diN34-C003.aivToPanel=2 DMF mfN34_153; DOR loN34

-C003G1; DOR loN34

-C003R2; 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGN34-01 and EGN34-02.

6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F.
7. START Motor Suction Pump.

NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running. 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST.

CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 6 of 11 9. AFTER Turbine is at 800 RPM select Acceleration MED. 10. SELECT the EX2100 screen and place "Regulator Control" in "Auto".

11. SELECT the "Control" "Speed" screen (the normal Turbine Speed/Acceleration Screen).
12. WITH the Turbine at 800 RPM, PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. 13. Markup 34SO

-N30-001-2 up to, but not including, step 7.1.5.41. Ensure proper marking techniques are used for completed steps.

14. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
15 Minutes

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A plant startup is in progress.
2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL
3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures.
4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently.
5. 34SO-N30-001-2, "Main Turbine Operations," is complete up to Step 7.1.5.40
6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or 1500 rpm.

INITIATING CUES:

Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5.4 3

CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 8 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11

-P650 unless otherwise indicated.

1. Operator obtains the procedure needed to perform the task Operator has obtained 34SO-N30-001-2 and refers to section 7.1.5.40 and then to

7.1.5.43. PROMPT: IF the operator asks about selection of an acceleration rate, THEN inform him to select MED.

    • 2. SELECT Speed of 1800 RPM.

SELECT Speed Cmd RPM

    • Rated (1800)**
3. Once 900 rpm is reached STOP the Shaft Lift Pumps.

Operator, at 900 rpm, stops the Shaft Lift Pumps by placing the control switch in OFF PULL TO LOCK. IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 9 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

PROMPT: it is desired to maintain the regulator in MANUAL and pr event autostart of the EX 2100 , THEN inform him to select MED.

    • 4. SELECT **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen.

Operator selects **Manual** for Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen. 5. At 1000 rpm, select Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180)

Operator, at 1000 RPM, selects Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180)

6. At 1200 rpm, SELECT Speed Control, Acceleration rpm/min desired rate:

Med (90) OR Fast (180).

Operator leaves Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min selected to Fast (180

). PROMPT: IF Operator inquires as to desired acceleration rate at 1200 rpm, THEN inform the operator that FAST (180) is the correct rate.

7. OBSERVE Turbine Speed increase and levels at approximately 1800 rpm Operator observes Turbine Speed increase and stabilize at approximately 1800 rpm on the DEHC screen.
8. CONFIRM annunciator 650

-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear.

Operator confirms annunciator

650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear.

NOTE: May receive TURB SHAFT PUMP DISCH PRESS LOW, 651

-104, alarm as the Main Turbine increases speed. It is acceptable AFTER the operator reviews the ARP to continue with the Main Turbine startup, if asked

. 9. CONFIRM Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210

and 250 PSIG Operator confirms Main Shaft Pump Discharge pressure is between 210 and 250 PSIG on the

screen. 10. Stop 2N34

-C003, Motor Suction Pump Operator stops 2N34

-C003, Motor Suction Pump by placing its control switch to OFF.

11. PLACE 2N34

-C003 in the AUTO START position Operator places control switch for 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 10 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

12. STOP 2N34

-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump Operator stops 2N34

-C005, Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump by placing its control switch to

OFF. 13. PLACE 2N34

-C005 in the AUTO START position.

Operator places control switch for 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position.

14. CONFIRM 2N39

-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position.

Operator confirms the control switch for 2N39

-C001, Turbine Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position.

15. PLACE the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position.

Operator places the Shaft Lift Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position.

16. CONFIRM 2P41

-R610, Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp, is between 110°F and

120°F Operator confirms on 2P41

-R610, that Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp is between 110°F and 120°F

. THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:

Simulator Instructor NOTE: FIRST: Ensure oil pumps have been manually turned off by the operator, INCLUDING the lift pumps being OFF and Placed in AUTO, then ACTIVATE overrides (RB 1)/Event Triggers for the lube oil pumps are already activated.

SECOND: ACTIVATE Quill Shaft Failure malfunction (RB 2) 17. Respond to Quill Shaft Failure annunciator.

Operator refers to annunciator procedure 650

-152 for Quill Shaft Failure. 18. Confirm Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig.

Operator observes that Turbine 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig as indicated by 2N34

-R601C. **19. Start TGOP.

Operator starts the TGOP by placing its control switch to RUN.

CR-SIM 3 2015

-301 Page 11 of 11 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO

-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, "No more than two shaft lift pumps may be OFF WHEN turbine speed is < 900 RPM. **20. Start MSP.

Operator starts the MSP by placing it's control switch to RUN 21. If Turbine Trips, enter 34SO

-N30-001-2. Operator refers to 34SO

-N30-001-2. PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO

-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered

34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 4 (ALL) Title PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Time 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Shee t NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9 2 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 4 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR-Sim 4 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-05.15-01 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Shee t NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9 3 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 4 2015-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task will be met when HPCI has been placed in pressure control mode.

TASK NUMBER:

005.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

005.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.8 SRO 3.8 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

206000A4.06

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 4.3 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 5 of 9 5 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE.
2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:

MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE

3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO):

SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME NONE

4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE

5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:

TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME RFE41_153 HPCI TORUS SUCTION BYPASS OVRD 0000

6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:

A. From 100% power insert a manual scram.

B. Perform RC

-1 and RC-2. C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level.

D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present.

E. RESET Scram.

7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment:

MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE

9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
15 UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak
2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level.
3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over

-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2.

INITIATING CUES:

Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO

-EOP-107-2, "ALTERNATE RPV PRESSURE CONTROL" and control reactor pressure between 500 and 800 psig.

CR-SIM 4 2015

-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, THEN do NOT perform this section.

Confirm a HPCI initiation signal does not exist by verifying the HPCI auto initiation light is not illuminated On 2H11

-P601. 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and the isolation signal has cleared, THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation Signal A (B) switches to RESET.

OR IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection.

Confirm a HPCI isolation does not exist by verifying the HPCI isolation alarms are not illuminated and that 2E41

-F002 and 2E41-F003 are open, red lights illuminated On 2H11

-P601 3. To maintian HPCI suction source aligned to the CST, override the HPCI high torus level suction swap per 31EO-EOP-100-2, section 3.5.

Student is informed in the turnover that this function has been overridden.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 4 2015

-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

4. Confirm OPEN/

2E41-F029, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F003, Outbd Steam Isol 2E41-F028, Steam Line Drain Verify the red light is illuminated for the following valves; 2E41-F029, panel 2H11

-P601 2E41-F003, panel 2H11

-P601 2E41-F028, panel 2H11-P602. 5. Confirm OPEN 2E41

-F002, Inboard Steam Isolation Valve.

On 2H11-P601, verify 2E41

-F002 is open, red light illuminated.

    • 6. OPEN 2E41

-F059, Lube Oil Cooling Wtr Valve.

On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch 2E41

-F059 to open, red light illuminates.

7. START HPCI Vacuum Pump.

On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI vacuum pump to start.

8. Confirm CLOSED 2E41

-F006, Pump Discharge Valve.

On 2H11-P601, the operator verifies 2E41

-F006 is closed, green light illuminated. **9. OPEN 2E41

-F008, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41

-F008 to the open position, red light illuminates.

    • 10. OPEN 2E41

-F011, Test to CST Valve. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41

-F011 to the open position, red light illuminates.

    • 11. OPEN 2E41

-F001, Turbine Steam Supply Valve.

On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for 2E41

-F001 to the open position, red light illuminates.

NOTE: If the Aux Oil Pump is not started until after the 2E41-F001 is full open the following annunciators will be received:

601-103, HPCI TURBINE TRIP.

601-112, HPCI TURBINE BRG OIL PRESS LOW.

601-231, HPCI PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW.

    • 12. START the HPCI Auxiliary Oil Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI Auxiliary Pump to start position, red light illuminates.

CR-SIM 4 2015

-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

    • 13. Control HPCI turbine speed/system flow, and IF necessary throttle 2E41

-F008, Test to CST Vlv, to control Reactor pressure.

On 2H11-P601, the operator adjust HPCI flow controller 2E41-R612 and/or throttles 2E41

-F008 to control reactor pressure.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig.

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 5 (ALL) Title INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Time 12.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12 2 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 01 08/01/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 05/24/91 General/procedure revision JLA DHG 03 08/18/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 06/23/93 Task change, rename, procedure change, word processor change RAB RSG 05 12/02/93 Change initiating cue to a command, change valve naming to match the plant RAB SMC 06 06/17/96 Format change, modify time allowance RAB RSG 07 02/04/00 Format modification, title change, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 08 11/02/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 09 01/03/02 Change Unit 2 control pressure to 56 psig.

RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to match procedure.

CLN/ADY ALD 14.1 08/02/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure.

Changed prompt for Unit 1 to "pressure is 5 4 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting.

Changed prompt for Unit 2 to "pressure is 56 psig and decreasing" which would require additional venting.

MMG ALS 14.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5, removed Unit 1 section and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ALL will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12 3 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE

INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO

-EOP-101. TASK NUMBER:

013.053 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

013.053.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

223001A207

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NP O) GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-T48-002-1 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-012-1 34SO-T48-002-2 31EO-EOP-101-2 31EO-EOP-012-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-101-1 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver 31EO-EOP-101-2 (current version) Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

12.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to 100% RTP IC or SNAP 615 and leave in FREEZE. 2. INSERT the following Event Trigger s: ET # Description EGT48-2 Modifies & increases Containment pressures when CAD B started and inserts EGT48-3 EGT48-3 Modifies & decreases Containment pressures when F082 is opene d
3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:

Activator TAG # S/M/L DESCRIPTION Final Value Ramp Rate Delay ST-0 aoB21-R623AP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys A

- Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoB21-R623BP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys B

- Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601AP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601BP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607AP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607BP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P1 M DW Press Abnormal 58 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P2 M Torus Press Abnorma l 56 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P1 M DW Press Abnormal 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631A M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631B M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632A M Torus Press 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632B M Torus Press 49 100 CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 6 of 12 3. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:

REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE 4. INSERT the following Malfunctions:

Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE DELAY ST-0 mfB21_123A MSL A Break (before restrictor) 0.15 1000 0000 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:

A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3 B. Start SBGT System "2A" with suction from the Reactor Building.

C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve.

D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves.

E. Maintain RWL around "0" inches with Condensate.

F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS.

G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators.

6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301-615

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure.
2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress.
3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor

. 4. Normal AC Power has just been restored.

5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly.
6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used.

INITIATING CUES:

Perform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO

-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting

, Step 3.1.

CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs

For OJT/OJE
ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

1. Operator identifies the materials that are required.

Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. **2. Defeat the High Drywell Pressure Isolation signal.

At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:

High Drywell Press, 2T48

-F332B High Drywell Press, 2T48

-F333B **3. Defeat the Low RPV Level Isolation signal. At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:

Low RPV Level, 2T48

-F332B Low RPV Level, 2T48-F333B IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 4. Defeat the Reactor Building High Radiation Isolation signal.

At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:

Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48

-F332B Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48

-F333B **5. Defeat the Refuel Floor High Radiation Isolation signal.

At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for:

Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F332B Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F333B **6. Open Torus 2" Vent valve, 2T48-F332B. At panel 2H11

-P654: TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48

-F332B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 7. Open Torus 2" Vent valve, 2T48-F333B. At panel 2H11

-P654: TORUS VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48

-F333B is OPEN, red light illuminated.

    • 8. Using Torus Flow Controller, 2T48-R616B, Open Torus Vent Flow Control Valve, 2T48

-F337B. At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator Operates 2T48

-R616B, Torus Vent Flow Cntl Vlv 2T48

-F337B, as required to maintain Suppression Chamber pressure below 56 psig.

9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication At panel 2H11

-P657 (P654), Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator.

THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 5 7 psig and slowly increasing.

CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

10. Operator evaluate s the need to transition to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path.

Operator transitions to step 3.2 to use the Torus emergency vent path PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that another operator is monitoring the NPSH curves for RHR and Core Spray.

PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, INFORM the operator that normal AC power and Non-interruptible air are available.

-P654, the operator CLOSES 2T48-F081, SBGT INLET ISOL VLV, green light illuminated.

    • 12. Close or verify closed SBGT Inlet Isolation Bypass Valve, 2T48

-F083. At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator CLOSES or verifies closed 2T48-F083, SBGT INLET ISOL BYP VLV, green light illuminated. **13. Place 2T46

-D001A, SBGT A Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46

-F002A, SBGT A Filter Discharge closes.

At panel 2H11

-P657, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001A, SBGT A FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002A, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.

    • 14. Place 2T46

-D001B, SBGT B Fan to OFF and verify that 2T46

-F002B, SBGT B Filter Discharge closes.

At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator PLACES 2T46-D001B, SBGT B FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002B, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.

NOTE: Jumpers were inserted at the beginning of the JPM setup.

PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses installing jumpers for valve s 2T48-F326 & 2T48-F318, INDICATE for the operator that the jumpers are installed.

CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

15. Install jumper from UU

-45 to UU-61 in panel 2H11

-P601D for valve 2T48-F326. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from UU-45 to UU-61at Panel 2H11

-P601D, for valve 2T48-F326. 16. Install jumper from AA

-70 to AA-73 in panel 2H11

-P602A for valve 2T48-F318. Operator has CALLED the Shift Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper from AA

-70 to AA-73, at Panel 2H11

-P602A, for valve 2T48-F318. **17. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48

-F326. At panel 2H11

-P601, the operator OPENS 2T48-F326, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated.

    • 18. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48

-F318. At panel 2H11

-P602, the operator OPENS 2T48-F318, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated.

19. Close or confirm closed Torus Emergency Vent Path Drain Valve

, 2T48-F085. At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator VERIFIES that 2T48

-F085, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT Path DRN VLV, is CLOSED. **20. Open Torus Emergency Vent Valve, 2T48-F082. At panel 2H11

-P654, the operator OPENS 2T48-F082, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT VLV, red light illuminated.

PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 5 0 psig and decreasing.

PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is NOT desired at this time.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

CR-SIM 5 2015

-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 6 (ALL) Title POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Time 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 9 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 06/01/07 Initial development DHG BKW 01 6/26/07 Modify The Malfunction Numbers DHG RAB 02 10/23/08 Removed critical step requirement from step to lower voltage to 57 Hz; Clarified action required to complete critical task to match procedure step.

ADY RSG 02.1 10/09/09 Modified to use for 2009

-302 FNF CME 2.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR

-JP-28.06A-2.2 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 9 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the Operator has powered the 4160 VAC Emergency Bus "2E" successfully from the 2A Emergency Diesel per 34AB

-R43-001-2. TASK NUMBER:

028.006 AND 028.023 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

028.006.C PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 2 34AR-652-102-2 34SO-R43-001-2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current versions)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Page 5 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE.
2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:

MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY DELAY TIME mfR22_182 4KV Bus 2E Fault 1 99999 mfR43_62A DIESEL GEN FAILURE TO Auto START 2A 0000 mfR43_239A DG A Output Brk One Shot Fail to Auto Tie

2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:

MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE KEY ACT. TIME loR43-S251 Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW (note: this is the System Operative Light)

OFF

3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:

(NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files. Copy the 2 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).

SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGR43-01.scn EGR43-01.et ;DIESEL 2A SHUTDOWN RELAY ACTIVATES SYS OP LIGHT diR43-S57.aivToPanel=1 DOR loR43

-S251; 4. ACTIVATE event triggers EGR43-01.

5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:

A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1.

B. Hold the "A" EDG speed switch to slower for approximately 5 seconds.

C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182.

4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
10 Minutes

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de

-energized.

2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start.
3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear.
4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress.
5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus.

INITIATING CUES:

Start the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB

-R43-001-2.

CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB

-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator." The student may select to use the procedure steps from the body of the procedure which is allowable.

NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11

-P652.

1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running.

The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished.

2. Verify the Auto Start System Operative Light is lit.

The operator determines the Auto Start System Operative Light is NOT lit. **3. Depress the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton The operator depresses the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

NOTE: When the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton is depressed, the Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW WHITE light will illuminate after 110 seconds has passed. **4. Place the EDG START/STOP switch to START.

The operator momentarily places the 2A EDG START/STOP switch to start.

NOTE: This begins the ALTERNATE PATH portion of this JPM.

5. Verify the EDG has started.

The operator verifies th e "CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative" light extinguishes and the "Red Diesel Start" light illuminates.

6. Verify the "E" 4160 VAC bus is energized.

The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "0" VAC and answers procedure step with "NO". **7. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, lower frequency to 57 Hz.

At panel 2H11

-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to LOWER until frequency is 57 Hz (+ or

- 1 hz). **8. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed Adjust, raise frequency to 60 Hz.

At panel 2H11

-P652, the Diesel Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to RAISE until frequency is 60 Hz (+ or

- 1 hz). (Critical action is EDG output breaker closing)

9. Verify the "E" bus is energized.

The operator observes voltage on the "E" 4160 VAC bus equals "4160" VAC and answers procedure step with "Yes".

PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2.

END TIME:__________

CR-SIM 6 2015

-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59

- 61 Hz. Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 7 (ALL) Title LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Time 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Managemen t Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 7 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 05/18/09 Initial development FNF CME 0.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Sim 7 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR

-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Managemen t Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 7 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air .

TASK NUMBER:

H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

295019AK2.08

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 2.8 SRO 2.9 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

RO GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" completed through step 4.13.

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

20 Minutes

SIMULATOR SETUP:

See the next sheet.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:

1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN.
2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:

MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE RAMP RATE ACT. TIME mfP51_222A Service Air Compressor 2A Trip mfP51_222B Service Air Compressor 2B Trip mfP51_222C Service Air Compressor 2C Trip mfP52_191 Instrument Air Leakage mfC71_59 Spurious Reactor Scram

3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES
OVERIDE #

TITLE FINAL VALUE diT46-D001A-1 SBGTS A Fan/Filter AUTO diT46-D001B-1 SBGTS B Fan/Filter AUTO diP52-F565 Rx Bldg Inst. N2 to Noninter. Ser. Vlv.

CLOSED 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:

(NOTE: Use Windows "Notepad" to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the "ET INFORMATION" and "SCN INFORMATION" into the appropriate files.

Copy the 4 files into the simulators "Hatch/Instr/ET" directory).

SCN/ET NAME ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION EGT46-11.scn EGT46-11.et ;SBGT A in RUN doesn't work, B works diT46-D001A-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46

-D001B-1; CET EGT46-12; EGT46-12.scn EGT46-12.et ;SBGT B in RUN doesn't work, A works diT46-D001B-1.iivPanel=3 DOR diT46

-D001A-1; CET EGT46-11; 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGT46-11 and EGT46-12.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 6. Place Rx Mode Switch to Shutdown.

7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT).
8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes)
9. Mark up 34AB

-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14.

10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME
10 Minutes

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted.
2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits.
3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB

-C71-001-2, "Scram Procedure" is being carried out.

4. 34AB-P51-001-2 "Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System" has been partially completed.

INITIATING CUES:

Complete procedure 34AB

-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB

-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13.

START TIME:__________

1. The operator starts at the correct step.

Operator refers to 34AB

-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14.

2. Determine if Control Air header Pressure is below 45 PSIG AND NOT increasing.

On panel 2H11

-P650, Control Air Pressure, 2P52

-R600, the operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing.

NOTES: If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3

-9 and skip steps 10

-16 If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10

-16 and skip steps 3

-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11

-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22

-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position.

3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.

AND/OR The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.

Open 2T46

-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.

4. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN.

NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT "A" does not start and continue with SBGT "B" start.

5. OPEN 2T46

-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr. AND/OR Open 2T46

-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.

The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.

    • 6. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN.
7. CONFIRM 2T46

-F002B OPENS.

The operator observes 2T46

-F002B red light ILLUMINATED.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

8. CONFIRM SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT B HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED.
9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM.

The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500

-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600. NOTES: If the operator attempts to first start the "A" SBGT, complete steps 3

-9 and skip steps 10

-16 If the operator attempts to first start the "B" SBGT, complete steps 10

-16 and skip steps 3

-9. All "A" controls are located on 2H11

-P657. All "B" controls are located on 2H22

-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position.

10. OPEN 2T46

-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.

AND/OR The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.

Open 2T46

-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg. The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. 11. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN.

NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT "B" does not start and continue with SBGT "A" start.

12. OPEN 2T46

-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr.

AND/OR Open 2T46

-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg.

The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.

The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46

-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.

    • 13. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN.
14. CONFIRM 2T46

-F002A OPENS.

The operator observes 2T46

-F002A red light LLUMINATED.

15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATES The operator observes SBGT A HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED

. 16. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM.

The operator observes SBGT flow between 1500

-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete.

17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor Diff pressures are negative.

On panel 2H11

-P700 the operator checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46

-R604B. The dp will be approximately (negative)

-0.25 inches.

NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated).

    • 18. TRIP 2U41

-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41

-

C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 19. TRIP 2U41

-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 20. TRIP 2U41

-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11

-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41

-

C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 21. TRIP 2U41

-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11

-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41

-

C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 22. TRIP 2T41

-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 23. TRIP 2T41

-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 24. TRIP 2T41

-C007A, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 25. TRIP 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 26. TRIP 2T41

-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 27. TRIP 2T41

-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 28. TRIP 2T41

-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 29. TRIP 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 30. TRIP 2T41

-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

    • 31. TRIP 2T41

-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan On panel 2H11

-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41

-

C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.

32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21

-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve. The operator sends an SO to confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21

-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21

-P001. PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB

-P51-001-2. END TIME:__________

. NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2. Operator states the task is complete.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 8 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 8 (RO ONLY) Title PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Time 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 8 2 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial Development based on needs indicated from the PRA analysis.

SCB DHG 01 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average, update K/As, correct typos RAB DHG 02 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 03 03/19/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 06/25/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 05 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 06 05/19/07 Correct Step 10 to start instead of stop.

DHG RAB 07 10/14/08 Added 1Z41-B003C to fans secured in step 3 to match procedure.

JWP RAB 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.

MMG ALS 7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to CR

-Sim 8 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25026-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 8 3 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG

CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 Page 4 of 8 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( ) TASK TITLE:

PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE JPM NUMBER:

CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the Control Room Ventilation System has been placed in the Purge Mode per 34SO-Z41-001-1. TASK NUMBER:

037.010 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

037.010.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (

NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) 34AR-603-214-2 (current version) 34AR-603-215-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water. 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days.
3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units. 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, "Loss of Area Ventilation", is in progress.

INITIATING CUES:

Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO

-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4.

CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 Page 6 of 8 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1),

AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:_________

1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task.

Operator has obtained the correct procedure

, 34SO-Z41-001-1. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.

Operator has REVIEWED the precautions and limitations.

PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration.

3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the following HVAC units:

1Z41-B003B 1Z41-B003A And 1Z41-B003C On 1H11-P654, CONFIRM 1Z41-B00A, B, and C control switch in STOP (OFF), GREEN light illuminated.

NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it, flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41

-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation.

CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 Page 7 of 8 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

4. Confirm CLOSED the following dampers: 1Z41-F009A 1Z41-F030A On 1H11-P657, CONFIRM 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41

-F030A, green light illuminated.

NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41

-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41

-B003A is stopped. **5. Close the following dampers:

1Z41-F028A 1Z41-F028B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41-F028A & 1Z41-F028B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.

NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.

1Z41-F010A 1Z41-F010B On 1H11-P654, PLACE control switch for 1Z41

-F010A & 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.

NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.

7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41

-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41

-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated.

8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake Damper, 1Z41

-F016. At panel 1H11

-P657, FILTER INLET control switch, 1Z41-F016, is in OPEN position, red light illuminated.

    • 9. Open inlet control vane, 1Z41

-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180' elevation of the Control Building to OPEN inlet control damper 1Z41-F017A.

PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41

-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41

-F017A is open.

CR-SIM 8 2015

-301 Page 8 of 8 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 10. Start Exhaust Fan, 1Z41

-C011A and confirm suction damper 1Z41

-F018A opens. At panel 1H11

-P657, PLACE the control switch for 1Z41-C011A in START, red light illuminated and confirm 1Z41-F018A opens, red light illuminated.

NOTE: It is only critical to start exhaust fan 1Z41

-C011A because damper 1Z41-F018A automatically opens when the fan is started.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 7 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 1 (ALL)

Title ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM Author: Anthony Ball Media Number: Plant 1 2015-301 Time 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 7 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 1 2015

-301 Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 02 03/19/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 03 06/16/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 04 05/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 05 08/05/10 Added HU tools. Added procedure number to Initiating Cue.

ELJ CME 05.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.

MMG ALS 5.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure, changed "Media Number" to Plant 1, and removed "Fundamental Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-20024-5.3 after NRC Exam restored after ILT

-9 NRC Exam

. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 7 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors 05.1 MMG

Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 4 of 7 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( ) TASK TITLE:

ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM JPM NUMBER:

Plant 1 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task will be complete when the operator has actuated the Diesel Generator CO 2 System per 34SO

-X43-005-0. TASK NUMBER:

200.024 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

200.024.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

286000A208

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A fire is burning in the "1C" D/G Room.
2. The "1C" D/G Room CO 2 System did NOT automatically actuate.

INITIATING CUES:

Actuate the "1C" D/G Room CO 2 fire protection system per 34SO-X43-005-0, "Diesel Generator Building Carbon Dioxide System

."

Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 6 of 7 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG

-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)

START TIME:__________

PROMPT: WHEN addressed, INFORM the operator the RED light is ILLUMINATED

. 1. Depress and hold the START pushbutton switch.

In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator DEPRESSES and HOLDS the START pushbutton

PROMPT: AFTER the pushbutton is depressed, INFORM the operator that the RED light remained ILLUMINATED and there was NO response.

    • 2. PLACE the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve in OPEN. In the hallway outside the "1C" Diesel Generator Room, the operator OPENS the "1C" Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 1 2 015-301 Page 7 of 7 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 3. PLACE the Master Pilot for the Diesel Generator Building in OPEN.

On the Diesel Generator Building West Wall, the operator OPENS 1X43-P007, Master Pilot for Diesel Generator Bldg.

PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 2 (ALL) Title Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

Plant 2 2015-301 Time 16.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 2 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial development as a result of PRA vs training analysis.

SCB RSG 01 02/11/98 Revised typographical errors.

SCB DHG 02 01/20/99 Revised based on evaluator comments.

SCB DHG 03 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 04 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 05 03/19/02 Incorporate ADY comment, correct Nitrogen pressure readings to agree with procedural requirement, add step to review the procedure, include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 02/24/05 Changed procedure numbers and corrected step reference in initial conditions section of page 2 and 5.

TFP DHG 07 06/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 09 09/29/10 Added HU Pass/Fail criteria. Updated Southern Company logo. Added an evaluator note to move to a low dose rate area after the operator identifies the components locations.

ELJ CME 09.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.

MMG ALS 09.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam.

Changed "Media Number" to Plant 2 and deleted Fundamental Review Question

. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25028-09.3 after NRC Exam.

ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors

The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Ver. No. List of Contributors 09.1 MMG Plant 2 2015

-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics JPM NUMBER:

Plant 2 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be complete when the operator aligns the Emergency Nitrogen Bottles in the Reactor Building to the Drywell Pneumatic System.

TASK NUMBER:

042.005 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

042.005.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 2.86 SRO Not Available

K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

223001A411

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Systems Operator (SO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-X43-001-1 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version s) 34AB-X43-001-2 34SO-P70-001-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIALS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version) 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

16.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1
2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted
3. The crew is addressing 34AB

-X43-001-1, "Fire Procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.4.7

INITIATING CUES:

Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, "Drywell Pneumatics System."

Plant 2 2015

-301 Page 6 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation" START TIME:__________

1. Operator reviews the procedure.

The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.

PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70

-F004 and 1P70

-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11

-P700 panel.

NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.

-F138A handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops.

3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100

-110 psig.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015

-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

-F141. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F141, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, parallel with the pipe. **5. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply isolation, 1P70

-F084. At 130RLR09, the operator TURNS 1P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard

Isolation valve, counter clockwise until it stops.

6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70

-PCV-F140. At 130RLR09, the operator CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100

-110 psig.

PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2.

2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted.

3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, "Fire procedure" Attachment 1, step 8.3.7

INITIATING CUES:

Align nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-2, "Drywell Pneumatics System."

Plant 2 2015

-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

(1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self

-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.

Reference:

NMP

-TR-111, "On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation" Note to evaluator: Radiation dose rates are elevated in the vicinity of these Nitrogen bottles.

Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in "line

-of-sight." After the component locations are identified by the operator, move to a low dose rate area to discuss performance of the procedural steps. START TIME:__________

1. Operator reviews the procedure.

The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.

    • 2. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70

-F023. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F023, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops.

PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70

-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70

-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the JPM as a PASS FAIL Above standards not met Mark the JPM as a FAIL Plant 2 2015

-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 3. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation, 2P70

-F021. At 158RBR16, the operator TURNS 2P70-F021, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops.

NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.

5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70

-

PCV-140 indicates between 100

-110 psig. **6. Open Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve, 2P70-F141. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F141, Nitrogen Bottles Pressure Control Valve Isolation valve handle, until it is parallel with the pipe.

    • 7. Open Emergency Nitrogen to Drywell Pneumatic header isolation, 2P70-F084. At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. 8. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 2P70

-PCV-F140. On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70

-

PCV-140 indicates between 100

-110 psig.

PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:

With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs).

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 3 (ALL) Title TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE Author: Anthony Ball Media Number:

Plant 3 2015-301 Time 23.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor)

Date

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 2 of 12 2 Course Number Program Name OPERATIONS TRAINING Media Number Plant 3 2015

-301 Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Author's Initials Sup's Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 04/24/00 Made Step 4 for both units non

-critical, correct Operator title (SO)

RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running average RAB DHG 03 03/11/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 03/08/05 Documentum revision DNM RAB 05 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 06 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 07 10/09/09 Added that 2R24

-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps.

GHC ALD 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. Added Fundamental question to Attachment 1.

U-2 requires the following, "Confirm 2R24

-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11

-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11

-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this. MMG ALS 7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed "Media Number" to Plant 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-27.18-7.3 after NRC Exam. ARB Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Form Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet NMP-TR-214-F01 Version 2.1 Page 3 of 12 3 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.

Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG

Plant 3 2015

-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) TASK TITLE:

TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER:

Plant 3 2015

-301 TASK STANDARD:

The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24

-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2. TASK NUMBER: 027.018 OBJECTIVE NUMBER:

027.018.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:

RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER:

262001A403

K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING

RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY:

Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)

REQUIRED MATERIAL S: Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 (current version) 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version)

APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME:

23.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP:

N/A

UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "1A (1B)" LPCI Bus, 1R24-S018A (B), must be replaced by maintenance.
3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.

INITIATING CUES:

Transfer 1R24

-S018A (B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-1.

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

START TIME:__________

1 Operator identifies the materials that are required. Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.

Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.

PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 1R24

-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 1R24

-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.

    • 3 Open 1R24

-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.

The Operator CALLS the Control Room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 1H11

-P601.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24

-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.

4 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch. In the 600V 1CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and date record FAIL Above standards not met Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 7 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 5 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF 1R26-M077 (M078) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 2C (2D) Bus Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M077 (M078) disconnect switch to the OFF positio
n. 6 Verify that 1R24

-S048 is energized.

At 1R22-S006, '1F" 4160 VAC Bus (1H11

-P652), the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 is ENERGIZED.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24

-S048 has been verified to be energized.

7 Confirm the 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.

At 1H11-P601 OR in the 1F Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 1R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8 Confirm disconnect switch

1R26-M108 is in the OFF position.

In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 Disconnect Switch is in the OFF position.

9 Confirm disconnect switch 1R26-M109 is in the OFF position.

In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

10 Confirm 1R24

-S048 is energized.

In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 1R26

-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED

. **11 Place 1R26

-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.

In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 12 Secure the 1R26

-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 1R26-M107 transfer switch in the correct position.

    • 13 Place to ON 1R26

-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch.

In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.

14 Verify 1R24

-S018A (S018B) is energized.

CONFIRM 1R24

-S018A (S018B) is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B)

AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B). END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.

Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.

UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the "2A(2B)" LPCI Bus, 2R24-S018A(B), must be replaced by maintenance.
3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.

INITIATING CUES:

Transfer 2R24

-S018A(B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-2.

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

For INITIAL Operator Programs:

For OJT/OJE

ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.

For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance

. START TIME:__________

1. Operator identifies the materials that are required.

Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the procedure's precautions and limitations.

Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations.

PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24

-S018A (S018B) has been de

-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24

-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.

    • 3. Open 2R24

-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.

The Operator CALLS the Control room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 2H11

-P601.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24

-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened.

4. Confirm/Open 2R26

-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch.

In the 600V 2CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

IF THEN PASS Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and date record FAIL Above standards not met Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 5. Open 2R26

-M105 (M106) Disconnect switch. In the 600 VAC 1C (1D) Bus room, the Operator PLACES the 2R26-M105 (M106) disconnect switch to the OFF position.

6. Verify that 2R24

-S048 is energized.

At 2R22-S006, "2F" 4160 VAC Bus (2H11

-P652) AND 2S11-S012 transformer (Diesel Bldg)

, the Operator / SO CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 is energized.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator and SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24

-S048 has been verified to be energized.

(U-2 requires confirmation via 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22

-S006 bus)

7. Confirm the 2R24

-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.

At 2H11-P601 or in the "2F" Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 2R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.

PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. 8. Confirm disconnect switch

2R26-M108 is in the OFF position.

In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

9. Confirm disconnect switch

2R26-M109 is in the OFF position.

In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

10. Confirm 2R24

-S048 is energized.

In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 2R26

-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 "Power Available" light is ILLUMINATED

. **11. Place 2R26

-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position.

In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B).

Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP # PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT (COMMENTS)

(** Indicates critical step)

    • 12. Secure the 2R26

-M107 transfer switch. The Operator SECURES 2R26-M107 transfer switch in the to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position.

    • 13. Place the 2R26

-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.

In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer room, the Operator places the 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position.

14. Verify 2R24

-S018A (S018B) is energized.

CONFIRM 2R24

-S018A (S018B) is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B)

AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B).

END TIME:__________

NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. Operator states the task is complete.

TERMINATING CUE:

We will stop here.